Course offerings sample on issuu

TABLE​ ​OF​ ​CONTENTS District​ ​Mission​ ​&​ ​Vision​ ​Statements​ ​and​ ​District​ ​Learning​ ​Outcomes

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​2

Important​ ​Information

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​3

On-Campus​ ​Opportunities

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​5

Off-Campus​ ​Opportunities

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​8

District​ ​High​ ​School:​ ​Non-Course​ ​Fees

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​9

Courses​ ​and​ ​Credits​ ​Required​ ​for​ ​Graduation

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​11

Academic​ ​and​ ​Career​ ​Planning​ ​Guide 12 Course​ ​Index​:​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​13​ ​-​ ​22 AP​ ​Capstone

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​23

Applied​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​Engineering

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​24

Art​ ​(BCHS)

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​31

Art​ ​(BEHS)

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​37

Business

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​42

Computer​ ​Science

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​45

Drivers​ ​Education

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​46

English Experiential​ ​Learning

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​47 ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​51

Family​ ​and​ ​Consumer​ ​Science

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​52

Health

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​54

LAUNCH

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​55

Mathematics

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​56

Music

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​61

Physical​ ​Education

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​64

Science

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​67

Social​ ​Studies

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​71

World​ ​Language

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​75

Career​ ​Clusters​ ​and​ ​their​ ​Pathways

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​81

Career​ ​Pathways

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​82

1

DISTRICT​ ​MISSION​ ​STATEMENT The​ ​mission​ ​of​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook​ ​is​ ​to​ ​educate​ ​and​ ​inspire​ ​every​ ​student​ ​to​ ​think,​ ​to​ ​learn,​ ​and​ ​to succeed.

DISTRICT​ ​EDUCATIONAL​ ​VISION​ ​STATEMENT The​ ​future​ ​of​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook​ ​is​ ​to​ ​be​ ​an​ ​exemplary​ ​District​ ​with​ ​an​ ​uncompromising​ ​commitment​ ​to​ ​achieve powerful​ ​results​ ​for​ ​all​ ​students.​ ​Students​ ​communicate​ ​effectively,​ ​master​ ​core​ ​academic​ ​subjects,​ ​have​ ​the​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​solve complex​ ​academic​ ​and​ ​community​ ​problems,​ ​become​ ​independent​ ​analytical​ ​thinkers,​ ​develop​ ​interpersonal​ ​skills,​ ​use technology​ ​responsibly,​ ​make​ ​ethical​ ​decisions,​ ​understand​ ​differences​ ​in​ ​work​ ​cultures,​ ​and​ ​exhibit​ ​creativity.

All​ ​staff​ ​collaborates​ ​and​ ​engages​ ​with​ ​each​ ​other​ ​to​ ​deliver​ ​exceptionally​ ​strong,​ ​balanced​ ​programming​ ​through​ ​relevant, dynamic​ ​instruction​ ​focused​ ​on​ ​student​ ​learning.

We​ ​demonstrate​ ​our​ ​commitment​ ​to​ ​continuous​ ​improvement​ ​through​ ​research,​ ​ongoing​ ​professional​ ​development,​ ​and​ ​use of​ ​best​ ​practices.​ ​We​ ​work​ ​relentlessly​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​meaningful​ ​connections​ ​with​ ​every​ ​student​ ​to​ ​ensure​ ​success.

Families​ ​and​ ​community​ ​participate​ ​in​ ​the​ ​life​ ​of​ ​the​ ​schools​ ​through​ ​partnerships​ ​and​ ​volunteering​ ​with​ ​the​ ​district​ ​to support​ ​the​ ​mission​ ​and​ ​vision.​ ​The​ ​District​ ​values​ ​this​ ​strong​ ​partnership,​ ​effectively​ ​communicates,​ ​and​ ​safeguards​ ​the community’s​ ​investment.​ ​The​ ​culture​ ​of​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook​ ​is​ ​built​ ​on​ ​a​ ​commitment​ ​to​ ​excellence​ ​and continuous​ ​improvement.​ ​Together​ ​we​ ​celebrate​ ​our​ ​successes.

DISTRICT​ ​COMMITMENTS Every​ ​student​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​and​ ​succeed.

All​ ​staff​ ​will​ ​engage​ ​students​ ​in​ ​learning​ ​and​ ​will​ ​ensure​ ​that​ ​learning​ ​occurs.

The​ ​district​ ​and​ ​schools​ ​will​ ​define​ ​high​ ​expectations,​ ​measure​ ​progress,​ ​pursue​ ​continuous​ ​improvement,​ ​and​ ​work​ ​to ensure​ ​that​ ​all​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn.

The​ ​board,​ ​administration,​ ​and​ ​staff​ ​will​ ​actively​ ​promote​ ​and​ ​honor​ ​the​ ​commitments,​ ​mission,​ ​and​ ​vision​ ​of​ ​the​ ​district The​ ​district​ ​will​ ​partner​ ​with​ ​parents​ ​and​ ​community​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​support​ ​for​ ​every​ ​student​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​and​ ​succeed.

2

IMPORTANT​ ​INFORMATION Classes​ ​at​ ​high​ ​school​ ​run​ ​on​ ​a​ ​four-block​ ​schedule.​ ​A​ ​four-block​ ​schedule​ ​is​ ​so​ ​named​ ​because​ ​there​ ​are​ ​four​ ​class​ ​periods a​ ​day.​ ​Class​ ​periods​ ​are​ ​approximately​ ​90​ ​minutes​ ​long.​ ​Each​ ​class​ ​lasts​ ​for​ ​nine​ ​weeks.​ ​Under​ ​this​ ​structure,​ ​students​ ​earn .5​ ​credits​ ​per​ ​a​ ​nine-week​ ​class,​ ​and​ ​one​ ​credit​ ​for​ ​a​ ​class​ ​that​ ​meets​ ​for​ ​two​ ​nine-week​ ​terms.​ ​There​ ​are​ ​some​ ​exceptions​ ​to this​ ​structure​ ​in​ ​that​ ​we​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​offer​ ​band,​ ​orchestra,​ ​and​ ​choral​ ​music​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​year.

WEIGHTED​ ​GRADES The​ ​District​ ​values​ ​academic​ ​rigor​ ​because​ ​it​ ​increases​ ​student​ ​achievement,​ ​encourages​ ​students​ ​to​ ​stretch​ ​to​ ​their potential,​ ​and​ ​contributes​ ​to​ ​effective​ ​transitioning​ ​to​ ​postsecondary​ ​institutions.​ ​The​ ​District​ ​also​ ​recognizes​ ​that​ ​a​ ​policy of​ ​adding​ ​a​ ​minor​ ​weight​ ​to​ ​a​ ​grade​ ​can​ ​appropriately​ ​motivate​ ​more​ ​students​ ​to​ ​pursue​ ​academic​ ​rigor,​ ​which​ ​is​ ​aimed​ ​at their​ ​long-term​ ​success.

A​ ​weight​ ​of​ ​0.025​ ​will​ ​be​ ​added​ ​to​ ​the​ ​cumulative​ ​grade​ ​point​ ​average​ ​(GPA)​ ​for​ ​each​ ​completed​ ​half-credit​ ​within​ ​the high​ ​school​ ​resulting​ ​in​ ​a​ ​total​ ​of​ ​0.05​ ​additional​ ​weight​ ​per-credit​ ​course.​ ​The​ ​courses​ ​eligible​ ​for​ ​weighting​ ​are​ ​all​ ​of​ ​the Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​and​ ​level​ ​5​ ​or​ ​6​ ​World​ ​Language​ ​courses.

Course​ ​taken​ ​through​ ​the​ ​Youth​ ​Option​ ​Program​ ​shall​ ​have​ ​an​ ​added​ ​weight​ ​only​ ​if​ ​the​ ​course​ ​is​ ​beyond​ ​the​ ​current​ ​course sequence​ ​in​ ​math​ ​and​ ​world​ ​languages.​ ​These​ ​specific​ ​Youth​ ​Option​ ​courses​ ​earning​ ​three,​ ​four,​ ​or​ ​five​ ​credits​ ​shall​ ​be eligible​ ​for​ ​an​ ​added​ ​weight.​ ​A​ ​weight​ ​of​ ​0.05​ ​shall​ ​be​ ​added​ ​to​ ​the​ ​GPA​ ​after​ ​successful​ ​completion​ ​of​ ​each​ ​of​ ​the designated​ ​courses.​ ​Youth​ ​Options​ ​course​ ​earning​ ​less​ ​than​ ​three​ ​credits​ ​shall​ ​not​ ​be​ ​eligible​ ​for​ ​an​ ​added​ ​weight.

ADDING/DROPPING​ ​A​ ​COURSE Prior​ ​to​ ​the​ ​start​ ​of​ ​a​ ​term,​ ​students​ ​may​ ​drop​ ​any​ ​course​ ​and​ ​add​ ​another​ ​course​ ​in​ ​their​ ​schedule​ ​for​ ​one​ ​or​ ​more​ ​of​ ​the following​ ​reasons: ● Medical​ ​needs ● Failure​ ​of​ ​a​ ​class ● Course​ ​is​ ​needed​ ​for​ ​graduation​ ​or​ ​post​ ​secondary​ ​prerequisite​ ​for​ ​a​ ​course ● Scheduled​ ​in​ ​an​ ​inappropriate​ ​course​ ​level ● Change​ ​in​ ​performance​ ​in​ ​current​ ​year​ ​requires​ ​change​ ​to​ ​be​ ​made​ ​in​ ​next​ ​year’s​ ​schedule If​ ​a​ ​student​ ​meets​ ​the​ ​above​ ​criteria,​ ​there​ ​is​ ​space​ ​in​ ​the​ ​class,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​change​ ​does​ ​not​ ​overload​ ​another​ ​course,​ ​then​ ​a change​ ​can​ ​be​ ​made.

DROPPING​ ​DOWN​ ​FROM​ ​AN​ ​HONORS​ ​TO​ ​A​ ​REGULAR​ ​SECTION Students​ ​may​ ​drop​ ​down​ ​from​ ​an​ ​honors​ ​section​ ​to​ ​a​ ​regular​ ​section​ ​of​ ​a​ ​course​ ​only​ ​during​ ​the​ ​first​ ​five​ ​days​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course or​ ​term.​ ​At​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​first​ ​term​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​may​ ​drop​ ​down​ ​if​ ​they​ ​have​ ​a​ ​grade​ ​of​ ​“C”​ ​or​ ​lower​ ​in​ ​the Honors​ ​class.​ ​The​ ​student​ ​may​ ​only​ ​drop​ ​down​ ​to​ ​a​ ​regular​ ​section​ ​of​ ​the​ ​same​ ​course.

A​ ​student​ ​may​ ​only​ ​drop​ ​to​ ​a​ ​regular​ ​section​ ​after​ ​meeting​ ​with​ ​specified​ ​faculty​ ​and​ ​completing​ ​requisite​ ​paperwork.​ ​The student’s​ ​grade​ ​in​ ​the​ ​non-honors​ ​class​ ​will​ ​be​ ​determined​ ​by​ ​combining​ ​the​ ​grades​ ​earned​ ​in​ ​both​ ​the​ ​honors​ ​and non-honors​ ​class.

3

DROPPING​ ​A​ ​COURSE​ ​AFTER​ ​THREE​ ​WEEKS Dropping​ ​any​ ​course​ ​after​ ​the​ ​three​ ​week​ ​marking​ ​period​ ​into​ ​the​ ​term​ ​to​ ​take​ ​a​ ​study​ ​hall​ ​will​ ​only​ ​be​ ​permitted​ ​if​ ​three classes​ ​are​ ​maintained​ ​on​ ​a​ ​student’s​ ​schedule.​ ​This​ ​drop​ ​will​ ​result​ ​in​ ​placement​ ​into​ ​a​ ​study​ ​hall​ ​and​ ​an​ ​“F”​ ​in​ ​the​ ​course for​ ​the​ ​term.​ ​This​ ​grade​ ​will​ ​be​ ​permanently​ ​on​ ​the​ ​transcript​ ​unless​ ​the​ ​course​ ​is​ ​retaken​ ​for​ ​a​ ​higher​ ​grade.

FULL​ ​TIME​ ​STUDENT​ ​STATUS Per​ ​School​ ​Board​ ​policy​ ​6112.1,​ ​a​ ​full-time​ ​student​ ​in​ ​the​ ​district​ ​shall​ ​meet​ ​the​ ​following​ ​minimum​ ​requirements: ● ●

A​ ​high​ ​school​ ​student​ ​shall​ ​be​ ​enrolled​ ​in​ ​six​ ​credits​ ​per​ ​year.​ ​A​ ​student​ ​can​ ​be​ ​enrolled​ ​in​ ​no more​ ​than​ ​one​ ​study​ ​hall​ ​per​ ​day.

Exception​ ​to​ ​full-time​ ​status​ ​may​ ​be​ ​allowed​ ​under​ ​certain​ ​circumstances​ ​for​ ​a​ ​student​ ​involved​ ​in, but​ ​not​ ​limited​ ​to,​ ​such​ ​programs​ ​as​ ​the​ ​following:​ ​Individualized​ ​Education​ ​Plan:​ ​Section​ ​504 Plan.

NCAA​ ​SCHOLARSHIP​ ​ELIGIBILITY For​ ​any​ ​student​ ​who​ ​is​ ​planning​ ​to​ ​pursue​ ​NCAA​ ​eligibility,​ ​it​ ​is​ ​crucial​ ​that​ ​the​ ​student​ ​follows​ ​these​ ​two​ ​steps: ● ●

Consult​ ​frequently​ ​with​ ​your​ ​school​ ​counselor​ ​regarding​ ​course​ ​selections.

Register​ ​with​ ​the​ ​NCAA​ ​Eligibility​ ​Center​ ​by​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​your​ ​junior​ ​year.​ ​Please​ ​follow​ ​the​ ​link to​ ​the​ ​website:​ ​https://web3.ncaa.org/ECWRE/NCAA_EMS/NCAA.jsp

CONTROVERSIAL​ ​ISSUES​ ​POLICY​ ​6144 Open​ ​discussion​ ​of​ ​controversial​ ​issues​ ​is​ ​the​ ​heart​ ​of​ ​the​ ​democratic​ ​process​ ​and​ ​shall​ ​be​ ​included​ ​as​ ​a​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the curriculum.

Only​ ​through​ ​study​ ​of​ ​controversial​ ​issues​ ​-​ ​political,​ ​economic​ ​or​ ​social,​ ​do​ ​youth​ ​develop​ ​abilities​ ​of​ ​critical​ ​evaluation which​ ​are​ ​needed​ ​for​ ​responsible​ ​citizenship.

The​ ​study​ ​of​ ​controversial​ ​issues​ ​should​ ​be​ ​objectives​ ​and​ ​scholarly,​ ​with​ ​minimal​ ​emphasis​ ​on​ ​opinion.

No​ ​political​ ​or​ ​economic​ ​system​ ​other​ ​than​ ​our​ ​own​ ​democratic​ ​system​ ​of​ ​government​ ​shall​ ​be​ ​advocated​ ​by​ ​staff.

No​ ​student​ ​shall​ ​be​ ​required​ ​to​ ​read​ ​a​ ​book​ ​or​ ​view​ ​instructional​ ​materials​ ​if​ ​his/her​ ​parent/guardian​ ​has​ ​objections​ ​for moral,​ ​religious.​ ​and/or​ ​political​ ​reasons.​ ​Adult​ ​students​ ​who​ ​object​ ​to​ ​material​ ​for​ ​moral,​ ​religious​ ​and/or​ ​political​ ​reasons shall​ ​not​ ​be​ ​required​ ​to​ ​use​ ​the​ ​materials​ ​for​ ​study​ ​purposes.​ ​Whenever​ ​possible,​ ​substitute​ ​materials​ ​shall​ ​be​ ​provided.

A​ ​faculty​ ​member,​ ​parent/guardian,​ ​student​ ​or​ ​resident​ ​may​ ​questions​ ​the​ ​appropriateness​ ​of​ ​instructional​ ​materials​ ​through a​ ​process​ ​outlined​ ​in​ ​Practice​ ​Statement​ ​6144.

4

ON-CAMPUS​ ​OPPORTUNITIES ADVANCED​ ​PLACEMENT​ ​(AP)​ ​COURSES​ ​are​ ​offered​ ​by​ ​the​ ​Art,​ ​Computer,​ ​English,​ ​Mathematics,​ ​Social​ ​Studies and​ ​Science​ ​Department.​ ​These​ ​courses​ ​offer​ ​curriculum​ ​defined​ ​by​ ​The​ ​College​ ​Board.​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​courses​ ​are equivalent​ ​to​ ​college​ ​level​ ​curriculum​ ​and​ ​require​ ​approximately​ ​nine​ ​to​ ​ten​ ​hours​ ​of​ ​out-of-class​ ​time​ ​per​ ​week.​ ​The Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​Examinations​ ​are​ ​offered​ ​in​ ​the​ ​spring​ ​and​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​by​ ​any​ ​high​ ​school​ ​student​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​those enrolled​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​course.​ ​Based​ ​on​ ​their​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​test​ ​score,​ ​students​ ​may​ ​be​ ​eligible​ ​for college​ ​credit​ ​or​ ​meet​ ​postsecondary​ ​prerequisite​ ​course​ ​requirements​ ​upon​ ​enrollment.​ ​All​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​courses are​ ​weighted.​ ​There​ ​is​ ​no​ ​drop​ ​down​ ​for​ ​AP​ ​Courses.

ADVANCED​ ​PLACEMENT​ ​COURSES Art​ ​(Visual​ ​Arts) ● Art​ ​History ● 2D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art ● Drawing​ ​Studio​ ​Art ● 3D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art Computer​ ​Science ● Computer​ ​Science​ ​A ● Principles​ ​of Computer​ ​Science English ● English​ ​Language and​ ​Composition ● English​ ​Literature and​ ​Composition

Mathematics ● AB​ ​Calculus ● BC​ ​Calculus ● Statistics Science ● Environmental​ ​Science ● Biology ● Chemistry ● Physics​ ​I,​ ​Physics​ ​II ● Physics​ ​C​ ​(with​ ​Calculus)

Social​ ​Studies ● European​ ​History ● Psychology ● United​ ​States​ ​History ● Micro​ ​Economics ● Macro​ ​Economics ● United​ ​States​ ​Government​ ​and​ ​Politics ● Human​ ​Geography Other ● AP​ ​Seminar

TRANSCRIPTED​ ​OR​ ​DUAL​ ​CREDIT​ ​COURSES​ ​(TC/CAPP/CIS)​ H ​ igh​ ​school​ ​students​ ​may​ ​earn​ ​both​ ​high​ ​school and​ ​postsecondary​ ​credit​ ​from​ ​a​ ​technical​ ​college​ ​or​ ​a​ ​four-year​ ​college​ ​or​ ​university​ ​for​ ​successfully​ ​completing​ ​college level​ ​courses.​ ​These​ ​courses​ ​are​ ​often​ ​referred​ ​to​ ​as​ ​“Dual​ ​Credit”.​ ​Eligible​ ​courses​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​with​ ​the​ ​letters​ ​“TC”​ ​or CAPP​ ​after​ ​the​ ​course​ ​title.​ ​Additional​ ​fees​ ​will​ ​apply.

TRANSCRIPTED​ ​OR​ ​DUAL​ ​CREDIT​ ​COURSES​ ​THROUGH​ ​WCTC Applied​ ​Technology​ ​& Engineering ● CAD​ ​-​ ​Computer​ ​Aided Design

Business ● College​ ​Accounting ● Software​ ​Application

Family​ ​and​ ​Consumer​ ​Sciences ● Principles​ ​of​ ​Interior​ ​Design ● Exploring​ ​Health​ ​Occupations ● Medical​ ​Terminology

DUAL​ ​CREDIT​ ​COURSES​ ​THROUGH​ ​UNIVERSITY​ ​PARTNERS UW-OSHKOSH​ ​CAPP​ ​PROGRAM World​ ​Language ● French​ ​V ● German​ ​V ● Spanish​ ​V ● Spanish​ ​VI Business​ ​Education ● Financial​ ​Management​ ​and​ ​Investing

UNIVERSITY​ ​OF​ ​MINNESOTA​ ​CIS​ ​PROGRAM World​ ​Language ● Latin​ ​IV ● Latin​ ​V UNIVERSITY​ ​OF​ ​IOWA Applied​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​Engineering ● PLTW:​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Engineering​ ​Design​ ​(IED) ● PLTW:​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​Engineering​ ​(POE) ● PLTW:​ ​Digital​ ​Electronics​ ​(DE) ● PLTW:​ ​Aerospace​ ​Engineering​ ​(AE) ● PLTW:​ ​Computer​ ​Integrated​ ​ ​Engineering​ ​(CIM) 5

ADVANCED​ ​STANDING​ ​CREDIT​ ​COURSES​ (​ AS)​ ​provide​ ​high​ ​school​ ​students​ ​with​ ​“credit​ ​in​ ​escrow”​ ​because​ ​the application​ ​of​ ​the​ ​credit​ ​is​ ​delayed​ ​until​ ​students​ ​enroll​ ​in​ ​a​ ​technical​ ​college​ ​program.​ ​No​ ​fees​ ​are​ ​charged​ ​to​ ​the​ ​student​ ​or district.​ ​Classes​ ​are​ ​taught​ ​by​ ​high​ ​school​ ​faculty​ ​who​ ​hold​ ​a​ ​current​ ​DPI​ ​license​ ​in​ ​the​ ​related​ ​area​ ​of​ ​instruction.​ ​High school​ ​course(s)​ ​or​ ​competencies​ ​are​ ​determined​ ​to​ ​be​ ​equivalent​ ​or​ ​comparable​ ​to​ ​a​ ​technical​ ​college​ ​course.Agreements require​ ​a​ ​minimum​ ​of​ ​a​ ​3.0​ ​grade​ ​point​ ​on​ ​a​ ​4.0​ ​scale​ ​for​ ​students​ ​to​ ​earn​ ​credit.​ ​Open​ ​to​ ​students​ ​in​ ​11th​ ​and​ ​12th​ ​grade, with​ ​the​ ​exception​ ​of​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW),​ ​which​ ​allows​ ​grades​ ​9-12.​ ​The​ ​student​ ​must​ ​meet​ ​all​ ​conditions​ ​of​ ​the articulation​ ​agreement.​ ​Technical​ ​college​ ​credits​ ​are​ ​awarded;​ ​however,​ ​technical​ ​college​ ​grades​ ​are​ ​not​ ​given​ ​for​ ​these courses.​ ​ ​Also,​ ​each​ ​student​ ​who​ ​completes​ ​a​ ​PLTW​ ​course​ ​(IED,​ ​POE,​ ​DE)​ ​may​ ​have​ ​an​ ​option​ ​to​ ​receive​ ​college​ ​credits from​ ​The​ ​University​ ​of​ ​Iowa.​ ​However,​ ​only​ ​one​ ​option​ ​may​ ​be​ ​chosen​ ​for​ ​each​ ​course.

ADVANCED​ ​STANDING​ ​(AS)​ ​CREDIT​ ​COURSES​ ​AT​ ​WCTC Auto​ ​Strand ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​I

PLTW/Engineering​ ​Strand ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​PLTW:​ ​IED​ ​(Intro​ ​to​ ​Engineering​ ​Design),​ ​PLTW:​ ​POE​ ​(Principles​ ​of​ ​Engineering) ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​PLTW:​ ​DE​ ​(Digital​ ​Electronics)

WCTC’s​ ​DUAL​ ​ENROLLMENT​ ​ACADEMY​ ​(DEA)​ i​ s​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​give​ ​high​ ​school​ ​seniors​ ​(apply​ ​during​ ​junior​ ​year​ ​in high​ ​school)​ ​a​ ​jump​ ​start​ ​in​ ​high-demand​ ​occupations,​ ​awarding​ ​participants​ ​with​ ​a​ ​WCTC​ ​certificate​ ​upon​ ​successful completion​ ​along​ ​with​ ​earning​ ​high​ ​school​ ​credits.​ ​High​ ​school​ ​students​ ​will​ ​spend​ ​the​ ​majority​ ​of​ ​their​ ​school​ ​day,​ ​both​ ​the fall​ ​and​ ​spring​ ​semesters​ ​of​ ​their​ ​senior​ ​year,​ ​at​ ​WCTC​ ​participating​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Dual​ ​Enrollment​ ​Academy, www.wctc.edu/dual-enroll​.​ ​Prospective​ ​students​ ​should​ ​have​ ​a​ ​strong​ ​interest​ ​in​ ​pursuing​ ​a​ ​career​ ​in​ ​their​ ​chosen​ ​program option.​ ​Students​ ​must​ ​be​ ​in​ ​good​ ​academic​ ​standing​ ​with​ ​a​ ​minimum​ ​2.0​ ​high​ ​school​ ​GPA​ ​and​ ​also​ ​meet​ ​other​ ​WCTC program​ ​requirements.​ ​Parental​ ​and​ ​high​ ​school​ ​approval​ ​is​ ​required​ ​for​ ​a​ ​student​ ​to​ ​be​ ​accepted​ ​into​ ​the​ ​program.

WCTC’S​ ​DUAL​ ​ENROLLMENT​ ​ACADEMY​ ​PROGRAM​ ​AREAS: ●

Welding​ ​/​ ​Fabrication

●

Tool​ ​and​ ​Die/CNC

● ● ●

IT​ ​Systems​ ​Specialist Automated​ ​Systems​ ​Specialist (Robotics) Hospitality​ ​Specialist

HONORS​ ​COURSES​ ​are​ ​offered​ ​by​ ​the​ ​English,​ ​Mathematics​ ​and​ ​Science​ ​Departments.​ ​An​ ​honors​ ​course​ ​is​ ​a​ ​special section​ ​of​ ​an​ ​existing​ ​course​ ​that​ ​is​ ​more​ ​rigorous​ ​in​ ​content​ ​and​ ​performance​ ​expectations.​ ​Students​ ​and​ ​their​ ​parents should​ ​review​ ​the​ ​course​ ​description​ ​information​ ​carefully​ ​to​ ​see​ ​if​ ​there​ ​is​ ​a​ ​match​ ​between​ ​the​ ​demands​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course​ ​and the​ ​student’s​ ​interests​ ​and​ ​abilities.​ ​Please​ ​note​ ​that​ ​there​ ​is​ ​a​ ​special​ ​drop​ ​down​ ​policy​ ​for​ ​honors​ ​courses.

HONORS​ ​DIPLOMA​ ​The​ ​Board​ ​of​ ​Education​ ​believes​ ​in​ ​recognizing​ ​students​ ​who​ ​achieve​ ​a​ ​3.5​ ​grade​ ​point​ ​average​ ​and who​ ​have​ ​taken​ ​sufficient​ ​courses​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the​ ​courses​ ​identified​ ​below​.​ ​The​ ​following​ ​criteria​ ​will​ ​be​ ​utilized​ ​to grant​ ​honors​ ​diplomas​ ​to​ ​students: 1. Students​ ​must​ ​achieve​ ​a​ ​3.5​ ​overall​ ​grade​ ​point​ ​average​ ​by​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​seventh​ ​semester​ ​of​ ​high​ ​school.

2. Students​ ​must​ ​earn​ ​6​ ​or​ ​more​ ​credits​ ​by​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​senior​ ​year​ ​in​ ​courses​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the​ ​following: A. All​ ​honors​ ​courses.

B. All​ ​advanced​ ​placement​ ​courses.

C. All​ ​level​ ​5​ ​and​ ​6​ ​World​ ​Language​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​Organic​ ​Chemistry.

D. All​ ​Dual​ ​Enrollment/Transcripted​ ​credit​ ​courses THE​ ​PASS-FAIL​ ​OPTION​ ​permits​ ​senior​ ​students​ ​to​ ​select​ ​courses​ ​for​ ​a​ ​credit​ ​with​ ​a​ ​Pass/Fail​ ​grade.​ ​Courses​ ​eligible for​ ​such​ ​selection​ ​must​ ​be​ ​beyond​ ​the​ ​credits​ ​required​ ​for​ ​graduation​ ​and​ ​cannot​ ​count​ ​toward​ ​the​ ​Honors​ ​Diploma (Honors,​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement,​ ​Level​ ​5​ ​or​ ​6​ ​World​ ​Language,​ ​or​ ​Organic​ ​Chemistry).​ ​Students​ ​electing​ ​the​ ​Pass/Fail option​ ​are​ ​required​ ​to​ ​complete​ ​all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​usual​ ​coursework​ ​and​ ​must​ ​receive​ ​a​ ​course​ ​average​ ​of​ ​70%​ ​or​ ​greater​ ​to​ ​receive 6

the​ ​Pass​ ​grade.​ ​The​ ​Pass/Fail​ ​option​ ​must​ ​be​ ​selected​ ​before​ ​the​ ​course​ ​begins​ ​with​ ​no​ ​changes​ ​thereafter.​ ​The​ ​credit earned​ ​with​ ​the​ ​Pass/Fail​ ​option​ ​will​ ​be​ ​included​ ​in​ ​the​ ​transcript,​ ​but​ ​will​ ​not​ ​be​ ​computed​ ​in​ ​the​ ​grade​ ​point​ ​average​ ​and does​ ​not​ ​count​ ​toward​ ​the​ ​Honors​ ​Diploma.​ ​No​ ​more​ ​than​ ​a​ ​total​ ​of​ ​1.00​ ​credit​ ​may​ ​be​ ​earned.​ ​the​ ​Pass/Fail​ ​option encourages​ ​students​ ​to​ ​explore​ ​academic​ ​coursework​ ​they​ ​may​ ​otherwise​ ​not​ ​take.

COURSE​ ​RETAKE​ ​provides​ ​the​ ​student​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​increased​ ​mastery​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course​ ​expectations​ ​for a​ ​course​ ​previously​ ​taken.​ ​The​ ​highest​ ​course​ ​grade​ ​earned​ ​will​ ​be​ ​recorded​ ​for​ ​transcript​ ​and​ ​grade​ ​point​ ​average purposes.​ ​All​ ​other​ ​entries​ ​for​ ​the​ ​same​ ​course​ ​will​ ​be​ ​deleted​ ​from​ ​the​ ​transcript​ ​and​ ​grade​ ​point​ ​average.

ACCELERATION​ ​Consideration​ ​for​ ​acceleration​ ​requires​ ​a​ ​screening​ ​process​ ​in​ ​each​ ​of​ ​the​ ​content​ ​areas​ ​at​ ​the secondary​ ​level​ ​in​ ​line​ ​with​ ​Policy​ ​5123.​ ​The​ ​first​ ​step​ ​is​ ​a​ ​request​ ​by​ ​parent,​ ​student​ ​or​ ​classroom​ ​teacher​ ​made​ ​to​ ​school counseling​ ​personnel​ ​and/or​ ​the​ ​9-12​ ​School​ ​Psychologist​ ​Talent​ ​Development​ ​Coordinator.

SPECIAL​ ​EDUCATION​​ ​needs​ ​are​ ​met​ ​by​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook​ ​according​ ​to​ ​the​ ​procedures​ ​established through​ ​Chapter​ ​115​ ​of​ ​the​ ​State​ ​Statutes​ ​and​ ​the​ ​Individuals​ ​with​ ​Disabilities​ ​Education​ ​Act​ ​(IDEA)​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Federal Statutes.​ ​ ​If​ ​a​ ​student​ ​is​ ​determined​ ​to​ ​be​ ​a​ ​child​ ​with​ ​a​ ​disability​ ​and​ ​needs​ ​specialized​ ​instruction,​ ​an​ ​Individualized Education​ ​Plan​ ​(IEP)​ ​is​ ​developed​ ​to​ ​identify​ ​the​ ​goals,​ ​objectives,​ ​and​ ​related​ ​services​ ​the​ ​student​ ​requires.​ ​Placement​ ​is​ ​a team​ ​decision​ ​and​ ​parents​ ​are​ ​equal​ ​participants​ ​on​ ​the​ ​team.

GT​ ​/​ ​TALENT​ ​DEVELOPMENT​ ​PROGRAMMING​ ​AT​ ​THE​ ​HIGH​ ​SCHOOL​ ​LEVEL Adolescence​ ​is​ ​a​ ​critical​ ​period​ ​of​ ​talent​ ​development​ ​for​ ​all​ ​students,​ ​including​ ​those​ ​students​ ​identified​ ​with​ ​advanced learning​ ​needs.​ ​ ​Programming​ ​at​ ​the​ ​high​ ​school​ ​level​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​using​ ​a​ ​holistic,​ ​developmental​ ​framework​ ​designed​ ​to promote​ ​student​ ​growth​ ​in​ ​cognitive,​ ​social,​ ​and​ ​emotional​ ​domains.​ ​ ​Programming​ ​at​ ​the​ ​high​ ​school​ ​level​ ​emphasizes rigorous​ ​and​ ​advanced​ ​coursework,​ ​combined​ ​with​ ​mentorships​ ​and​ ​other​ ​experiential​ ​learning​ ​opportunities,​ ​to​ ​build cognitive,​ ​social​ ​and​ ​emotional​ ​competencies​ ​in​ ​contexts​ ​supportive​ ​of​ ​talent​ ​development.​ ​ ​Additional​ ​enrichment opportunities​ ​are​ ​available​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​demonstrate​ ​high​ ​performance,​ ​capability,​ ​or​ ​interest.

Cognitive During​ ​adolescence,​ ​academic​ ​aptitudes​ ​become​ ​increasingly​ ​differentiated​ ​in​ ​terms​ ​of​ ​talent​ ​domain​ ​and​ ​level​ ​of performance.​ ​ ​The​ ​foundation​ ​of​ ​educational​ ​programming​ ​at​ ​the​ ​high​ ​school​ ​level​ ​is​ ​rigorous​ ​content,​ ​delivered​ ​through dynamic​ ​instruction,​ ​to​ ​foster​ ​the​ ​development​ ​of​ ​thinking​ ​skills,​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​skills,​ ​and​ ​creative​ ​fluency​ ​across​ ​the curriculum.​ ​ ​Enrichment​ ​opportunities​ ​are​ ​available​ ​to​ ​promote​ ​specific​ ​academic​ ​and​ ​cognitive​ ​skills​ ​through​ ​Talent Development​ ​Programming.

Social Fostering​ ​relationships​ ​and​ ​developing​ ​social​ ​skills​ ​become​ ​important​ ​facilitators​ ​of​ ​talent​ ​development​ ​during adolescence.​ ​ ​Positive​ ​peer​ ​relationships​ ​facilitate​ ​navigation​ ​of​ ​developmental​ ​tasks​ ​associated​ ​with​ ​adolescence,​ ​promote achievement​ ​and​ ​affiliation,​ ​and​ ​often​ ​result​ ​in​ ​greater​ ​feelings​ ​of​ ​student​ ​satisfaction​ ​and​ ​well-being.​ ​ ​Social​ ​skill development​ ​facilitates​ ​success​ ​in​ ​situations​ ​requiring​ ​time​ ​management,​ ​self-advocacy,​ ​conflict​ ​resolution,​ ​and responsible​ ​decision​ ​making.​ ​ ​Communication​ ​and​ ​collaboration​ ​are​ ​emphasized​ ​through​ ​core​ ​instruction;​ ​enrichment opportunities​ ​are​ ​available​ ​to​ ​promote​ ​social​ ​skill​ ​and​ ​leadership​ ​development​ ​through​ ​Talent​ ​Development​ ​Programming.

Emotional Adolescence​ ​is​ ​a​ ​time​ ​of​ ​significant​ ​emotional​ ​development​ ​and​ ​change,​ ​particularly​ ​in​ ​the​ ​domains​ ​of​ ​identity​ ​formation, self-awareness,​ ​self-regulation,​ ​and​ ​resilience.​ ​ ​Identifying​ ​and​ ​addressing​ ​the​ ​emotional​ ​needs​ ​of​ ​students​ ​is​ ​essential​ ​in supporting​ ​talent​ ​development​ ​and​ ​avoiding​ ​underachievement.​ ​ ​Learning​ ​and​ ​practicing​ ​positive​ ​coping​ ​skills​ ​enhances students’​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​instructional​ ​activities,​ ​navigate​ ​relationships,​ ​manage​ ​stress,​ ​and​ ​achieve​ ​short​ ​and​ ​long-term goals.

DRIVER​ ​EDUCATION​ ​United​ ​Driving​ ​School​ ​has​ ​contracted​ ​with​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook​ ​to​ ​offer​ ​Driver Education​ ​courses​ ​during​ ​the​ ​school​ ​day.​ ​Driver​ ​Education​ ​is​ ​offered​ ​during​ ​a​ ​student’s​ ​study​ ​hall​ ​and​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​10​ ​days of​ ​classroom​ ​instruction​ ​and​ ​an​ ​additional​ ​20​ ​hours​ ​of​ ​online​ ​instruction.​ ​In​ ​addition​ ​to​ ​registering​ ​for​ ​Driver​ ​Education with​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook,​ ​students/families​ ​must​ ​also​ ​formally​ ​register​ ​with​ ​United​ ​Driving​ ​School​ ​at www.uniteddrivingschoolwi.com​.​ ​United​ ​Driving​ ​will​ ​invoice​ ​students​ ​directly.

7

OFF-CAMPUS​ ​OPPORTUNITIES YOUTH​ ​OPTIONS​ ​allows​ ​public​ ​high​ ​school​ ​juniors​ ​and​ ​seniors​ ​who​ ​meet​ ​certain​ ​requirements​ ​to​ ​take​ ​postsecondary courses​ ​at​ ​a​ ​UW​ ​institution,​ ​a​ ​Wisconsin​ ​technical​ ​college,​ ​one​ ​of​ ​the​ ​state’s​ ​participating​ ​private​ ​nonprofit​ ​institutions​ ​of higher​ ​education,​ ​or​ ​tribally-controlled​ ​colleges.​ ​Under​ ​Youth​ ​Options,​ ​a​ ​student​ ​does​ ​not​ ​pay​ ​for​ ​a​ ​college​ ​course​ ​if​ ​the school​ ​board​ ​determines​ ​the​ ​course​ ​qualifies​ ​for​ ​high​ ​school​ ​credit​ ​and​ ​is​ ​not​ ​comparable​ ​to​ ​a​ ​course​ ​already​ ​offered​ ​in​ ​the school​ ​district.​ ​Students​ ​seeking​ ​course​ ​approval​ ​shall​ ​complete​ ​the​ ​Your​ ​Options​ ​Program​ ​Plan​ ​and​ ​Report​ ​(PI-8700-A) and​ ​submit​ ​it​ ​to​ ​the​ ​high​ ​school​ ​school​ ​counseling​ ​office​ ​by​ ​March​ ​1st​ ​for​ ​the​ ​fall​ ​term​ ​or​ ​by​ ​October​ ​1st​ ​for​ ​the​ ​spring​ ​term.

The​ ​school​ ​board​ ​shall​ ​pay​ ​the​ ​tuition​ ​and​ ​fees​ ​associated​ ​with​ ​Youth​ ​Options​ ​courses​ ​upon​ ​successful​ ​completion​ ​by​ ​the student.​ ​Please​ ​reference​ ​Board​ ​Policy​ ​and​ ​Practice​ ​Statements​ ​6178, http://www.elmbrookschoolss.org/teaching-and-learning/programs-services/youth-options-program/index.aspx​​ ​and/or http://dpi.wi.gov/youthoptions​​ ​for​ ​additional​ ​information.

COURSE​ ​OPTIONS​ ​allows​ ​a​ ​pupil​ ​in​ ​public​ ​school​ ​districts​ ​to​ ​take​ ​up​ ​to​ ​two​ ​courses​ ​at​ ​any​ ​time​ ​from​ ​an​ ​educational institution​ ​(Wisconsin​ ​Educational​ ​Institutions​ ​are​ ​defined​ ​under​ ​the​ ​Course​ ​Options​ ​statue​ ​as:​ ​a​ ​public​ ​school​ ​in​ ​a nonresident​ ​school​ ​district;​ ​the​ ​University​ ​of​ ​Wisconsin​ ​System:​ ​a​ ​technical​ ​college;​ ​nonprofit​ ​institutions​ ​of​ ​higher education;​ ​a​ ​tribal​ ​college;​ ​a​ ​charter​ ​school;​ ​and​ ​a​ ​non​ ​profit​ ​organization​ ​that​ ​has​ ​been​ ​approved​ ​by​ ​the​ ​Department​ ​of Public​ ​Instruction​ ​(DPI)).​ ​Regarding​ ​course​ ​options​ ​tuition​ ​payment​ ​and​ ​fees,​ ​the​ ​District​ ​complies​ ​with​ ​the​ ​applicable Wisconsin​ ​Statute(s)​ ​and​ ​guidelines​ ​as​ ​provided​ ​by​ ​the​ ​WI​ ​Department​ ​of​ ​Public​ ​Instruction.​ ​Parents/guardians​ ​need​ ​to complete​ ​the​ ​Course​ ​Options​ ​application​ ​form​ ​(PI-8900)​ ​and​ ​submit​ ​it​ ​to​ ​the​ ​educational​ ​institution​ ​offering​ ​the​ ​desired course(s).​ ​The​ ​application​ ​must​ ​be​ ​received​ ​by​ ​the​ ​educational​ ​institution​ ​no​ ​later​ ​than​ ​4:00​ ​pm​ ​on​ ​the​ ​date​ ​that​ ​is​ ​six​ ​weeks before​ ​the​ ​scheduled​ ​start​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course​ ​for​ ​which​ ​the​ ​student​ ​is​ ​applying.​ ​Please​ ​reference​ ​Board​ ​Policy​ ​6179​ ​and http://dpi.wi.gov/courseoptions​​ ​for​ ​additional​ ​information.

LAUNCH​​ ​connects​ ​a​ ​student’s​ ​academic​ ​knowledge​ ​to​ ​real​ ​world​ ​problems​ ​and​ ​projects​ ​through​ ​professionbased​ ​experiences​ ​in​ ​a​ ​dynamic,​ ​business-like​ ​setting.​ ​ ​Courses​ ​meet​ ​daily​ ​and​ ​typically​ ​occur​ ​off-campus.

Students​ ​apply​ ​their​ ​learning​ ​through​ ​projects,​ ​supported​ ​by​ ​area​ ​business​ ​partners,​ ​that​ ​require​ ​collaborative teams​ ​to​ ​solve​ ​problems,​ ​communicate​ ​with​ ​stakeholders,​ ​and​ ​ ​implement​ ​solutions.​ ​ ​Students​ ​must​ ​secure​ ​their own​ ​transportation​ ​to​ ​the​ ​LAUNCH​ ​facility.​ ​ ​Additional​ ​information​ ​may​ ​be​ ​found​ ​on​ ​the​ ​district’s​ ​website​.

Global​ ​Business​ ​Strand Writing​ ​For​ ​Research​ ​(12)​ ​OR English​ ​11

AP​ ​Microeconomics​ ​& AP​ ​Macroeconomics

Business​ ​Strategy

Business​ ​Analytics​ ​Strand AP​ ​Statistics

Business​ ​Strategy Future​ ​Teachers​ ​Strand

AP​ ​Psychology

Careers​ ​in​ ​Education

​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​COURSE​ ​WORK​ ​TAKEN​ ​OUTSIDE​ ​THE​ ​DISTRICT​ ​For​ ​students​ ​who​ ​have​ ​successfully​ ​completed​ ​grade​ ​6​ ​and and​ ​wish​ ​to​ ​take​ ​coursework​ ​outside​ ​the​ ​District​ ​for​ ​high​ ​school​ ​credit,​ ​prior​ ​approval​ ​must​ ​be​ ​obtained​ ​in​ ​order​ ​for outside​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​credits​ ​to​ ​be​ ​accepted.​ ​Please​ ​see​ ​Board​ ​Policy​ ​and​ ​Practice​ ​Statement​ ​6113.12​ ​for​ ​additional information​ ​and​ ​the​ ​application.​ ​Course​ ​work​ ​taken​ ​outside​ ​the​ ​district​ ​is​ ​at​ ​the​ ​parent’s​ ​expense.​ ​For​ ​courses​ ​requested through​ ​Youth​ ​Options​ ​and/or​ ​Course​ ​Options​ ​programs,​ ​approval​ ​of​ ​course​ ​requests​ ​shall​ ​be​ ​granted​ ​in​ ​accordance​ ​with statutory​ ​requirements​ ​and​ ​district​ ​policy(ies).

8

AT-RISK​ ​SERVICES​ ​are​ ​required​ ​under​ ​Wisconsin​ ​State​ ​Statute​ ​118.153(1)(a)​ ​for​ ​a​ ​student​ ​16​ ​years​ ​of​ ​age​ ​or​ ​older who​ ​meets​ ​the​ ​statutory​ ​requirements​ ​of​ ​“children​ ​at​ ​risk”​ ​of​ ​not​ ​graduating​ ​from​ ​high​ ​school.​ ​Such​ ​a​ ​student​ ​may​ ​attend​ ​a technical​ ​college​ ​in​ ​lieu​ ​of​ ​high​ ​school​ ​or​ ​may​ ​attend​ ​the​ ​technical​ ​college​ ​on​ ​a​ ​part-time​ ​basis.​ ​The​ ​student​ ​and​ ​his​ ​or​ ​her parent​ ​or​ ​guardian​ ​must​ ​agree,​ ​in​ ​writing,​ ​that​ ​the​ ​student​ ​will​ ​participate​ ​in​ ​the​ ​technical​ ​school​ ​program​ ​that​ ​leads​ ​to​ ​the student’s​ ​high​ ​school​ ​graduation.

OPEN​ ​ENROLLMENT​​ ​allows​ ​students​ ​to​ ​attend​ ​district's,​ ​full-time,​ ​other​ ​than​ ​the​ ​one​ ​in​ ​which​ ​they​ ​reside.​ ​Nonresident school​ ​districts​ ​may​ ​deny​ ​an​ ​application​ ​if​ ​space​ ​is​ ​not​ ​available.​ ​Certain​ ​other​ ​limitations​ ​also​ ​exist​ ​according​ ​to​ ​the​ ​Open Enrollment​ ​statute.​ ​Transportation​ ​is​ ​not​ ​provided​ ​for​ ​students​ ​in​ ​this​ ​program.​ ​Parents/guardians​ ​need​ ​to​ ​apply​ ​between​ ​the first​ ​Monday​ ​in​ ​February​ ​and​ ​the​ ​last​ ​Friday​ ​in​ ​April,​ ​online​ ​at​ ​http://dpi.wi.gov​.

DISTRICT​ ​HIGH​ ​SCHOOL:​ ​NON-COURSE​ ​FEES Required​ ​Registration​ ​Fees:​ ​Annual​ ​Fee:​ ​2016-2017

Description​ ​Fee

Registration​ ​-​ ​Material

$85.00

The​ ​registration​ ​fee​ ​will​ ​help​ ​defray​ ​a​ ​portion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​cost​ ​of​ ​textbooks, workbooks,​ ​current​ ​events​ ​magazines​ ​and​ ​other​ ​consumable​ ​supplies and​ ​materials​ ​for​ ​classroom​ ​instruction.

Refunds:​ ​$21.25​ ​for​ ​each​ ​quarter​ ​not​ ​in​ ​attendance.​ ​No​ ​fees​ ​will​ ​be refunded​ ​in​ ​the​ ​last​ ​quarter.

Registration​ ​-​ ​Technology

$18.00

The​ ​technology​ ​fee​ ​will​ ​help​ ​defray​ ​a​ ​portion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​cost​ ​of​ ​technology supplies.

Refunds:​ ​$4.50​ ​for​ ​each​ ​quarter​ ​not​ ​in​ ​attendance.​ ​No​ ​fees​ ​will​ ​be refunded​ ​in​ ​the​ ​last​ ​quarter.

Co-Curricular​ ​District​ ​Fees​ ​-​ ​Optional​ ​Participation:

Description​ ​of​ ​Fee

Student​ ​Fees:​ ​Music​ ​(Band,​ ​Chorus,​ ​Orch)​ ​per​ ​class

$10.00

User​ ​Fee:​ ​Athletics​ ​($80/sport​ ​-​ ​$160​ ​max)

$80.00

User​ ​Fee:​ ​Co-Curricular​ ​Club​ ​Fee​ ​(one​ ​time)

$45.00

User​ ​Fee:​ ​Forensics/Debate​ ​per​ ​Event

$70.00

User​ ​Fee:​ ​Music/Drama​ ​($65/event​ ​-​ ​$130​ ​max)

$65.00

User​ ​Fee:​ ​Solo/Ensemble​ ​(doesn’t​ ​include​ ​accompanist)

$45.00

The​ ​student​ ​fee​ ​for​ ​music​ ​will​ ​be​ ​used​ ​to​ ​defray​ ​a​ ​portion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​cost​ ​of supplies​ ​for​ ​the​ ​classes.

Refunds:​ ​$2.50​ ​for​ ​each​ ​quarter​ ​not​ ​in​ ​attendance.​ ​No​ ​fees​ ​will​ ​be refunded​ ​in​ ​the​ ​last​ ​quarter.

User​ ​fees​ ​may​ ​be​ ​paid​ ​at​ ​the​ ​beginning​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year​ ​or​ ​within​ ​five​ ​days after​ ​the​ ​start​ ​of​ ​the​ ​activity.

Assessment​ ​Fees​ ​-​ ​Optional​ ​Participation:

Description​ ​of​ ​Fee

PSAT

$15.00

11th​ ​grade

AP​ ​Testing

$95.00

Price​ ​is​ ​approx​ ​based​ ​on​ ​16-17​ ​pricing:​ ​AP​ ​test​ ​registration​ ​and payments​ ​will​ ​be​ ​handled​ ​through​ ​Total​ ​Registration;​ ​more​ ​info​ ​to follow

(subject​ ​to​ ​change)

9

DISTRICT​ ​HIGH​ ​SCHOOL:​ ​NON-COURSE​ ​FEES​ ​cont.

Point​ ​of​ ​Sale​ ​-​ ​Optional

Description​ ​of​ ​Fee

Parking​ ​Fee

$200.00

$100/semester:​ ​$3.00​ ​for​ ​daily​ ​pass

Padlock​ ​-​ ​Hall​ ​Locker​ ​or​ ​Gym​ ​Locker

$5.00

Transcript​ ​Fees

$2.00

$2.00​ ​ ​Unofficial​ ​transcript​ ​(school​ ​counseling​ ​department) $2.00​ ​Official​ ​transcript​ ​(Parchment)

Athletic​ ​Activity​ ​Card

$40.00

Admission​ ​pass​ ​to​ ​home​ ​Athletic​ ​Events​ ​(WIAA​ ​tournaments​ ​not included)

Athletic​ ​Gate​ ​Prices​ ​-​ ​Students

$4.00/event

Athletic​ ​Gate​ ​Prices​ ​-​ ​Adults

$5.00/event

Student​ ​Planner​ ​(replacement)

$5.00

Work​ ​Permit

$10.00

Lost​ ​ID

$5.00

Non-Sufficient​ ​Fund​ ​Returned​ ​Check​ ​Service​ ​Charge

$20.00

Examples​ ​of​ ​other​ ​Variable​ ​Non-Course​ ​Fees: Lost​ ​Uniform

Library​ ​Fees

Lost​ ​Textbook​ ​Fee

Field​ ​Trips

10

COURSE​ ​AND​ ​CREDITS​ ​REQUIRED​ ​FOR​ ​GRADUATION The​ ​information​ ​in​ ​this​ ​guide​ ​is​ ​intended​ ​to​ ​help​ ​you​ ​in​ ​your​ ​selection​ ​of​ ​courses​ ​for​ ​next​ ​year.​ ​TAKE​ ​THIS​ ​HOME​ ​AND DISCUSS​ ​IT​ ​WITH​ ​YOUR​ ​PARENTS.​ ​Make​ ​your​ ​selection​ ​with​ ​a​ ​great​ ​deal​ ​of​ ​thought​ ​because​ ​many​ ​of​ ​the​ ​courses offered​ ​next​ ​year​ ​will​ ​be​ ​based​ ​on​ ​the​ ​selections​ ​students​ ​make.​ ​Your​ ​high​ ​school​ ​and​ ​post​ ​high​ ​school​ ​plans​ ​should​ ​be kept​ ​in​ ​mind​ ​when​ ​making​ ​your​ ​course​ ​selections.​ ​Your​ ​counselor​ ​is​ ​available​ ​to​ ​assist​ ​with​ ​course​ ​selection.​ ​The​ ​next​ ​page will​ ​serve​ ​as​ ​a​ ​worksheet​​ ​for​ ​you​ ​in​ ​determining​ ​which​ ​required​ ​courses​ ​you​ ​have​ ​yet​ ​to​ ​take.​ ​Students​ ​must​ ​register​ ​for​ ​a minimum​ ​of​ ​3​ ​credits​ ​per​ ​semester,​ ​6​ ​credits​ ​per​ ​year.

English​ ​Total​ ​Credits

4

●

English​ ​9​ ​or​ ​Honors

1

●

English​ ​10​ ​or​ ​Honors

1

●

English​ ​11​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Language​ ​&​ ​Composition

1

●

2​ ​Additional​ ​English​ ​electives

1

Fine​ ​and/or​ ​Practical​ ​Arts​ ​Total​ ​Credits Personal​ ​Finance​ ​or​ ​Financial​ ​Management​ ​and​ ​Investing​ ​(beginning​ ​with Graduating​ ​class​ ​of​ ​ ​2019) Health

1 0/0.5 (beginning​ ​with​ ​class​ ​of​ ​2019) 0.5

Mathematics​ ​Total​ ​Credits Physical​ ​Education​ ​Total​ ​Credits ●

Physical​ ​Education​ ​9

●

Two​ ​Physical​ ​Education​ ​Electives

3 1.5 0.5 1

Science​ ​Total​ ​Credits

3

Social​ ​Science​ ​Total​ ​Credits

3

●

World​ ​History

1

●

20th​ ​Century​ ​American​ ​History​ ​or​​ ​AP​ ​US​ ​History

1

●

Principles​ ​of​ ​American​ ​Democracy​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Government*

0.5

●

Economics​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Microeconomics​ ​or​​ ​AP​ ​Macroeconomics

0.5

Elective​ ​Total​ ​Credits Total​ ​Required​ ​for​ ​Graduation

8/7.5 (beginning​ ​with​ ​class​ ​of​ ​2019) 24

*Students​ ​must​ ​complete​ ​the​ ​entire​ ​AP​ ​Government​ ​and​ ​Politics​ ​2​ ​term​ ​course​ ​to​ ​meet​ ​this​ ​graduation​ ​requirement

11

My​ ​Academic​ ​and​ ​Career​ ​Planning​ ​Five-Year​ ​Grid Elmbrook​ ​School​ ​District​ ​requires​ ​24​ ​credits​ ​for​ ​graduation 8th​ ​Grade

9th​ ​Grade

10th​ ​Grade

11th​ ​Grade

12th​ ​Grade

MAP

ASPIRE

ASPIRE PSAT

ACT​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​SAT PSAT

ACT​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​SAT

English Math Science Social​ ​Studies Health/Physical​ ​Education World​ ​Languages Personal​ ​Finance​ ​or​ ​Financial Management​ ​ ​and​ ​Investing Elective​ ​Credits​ ​(Fine​ ​Arts, Applied​ ​Tech,​ ​Business, Computers,​ ​FCS) Other​ ​Opportunities: Mentorship/Youth​ ​&​ ​Course Options/Employment Testing

Civics​ ​Exam

12

COURSE​ ​INDEX Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

AP​ ​Capstone ●

AP​ ​Seminar

Page 23

10-12

1.0

Applied​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​Engineering

24

Automotive​ ​Strand ●

Small​ ​Engines

9-12

0.5

●

Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​I

10-12

0.5

●

Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​II

10-12

0.5

●

Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​III

10-12

0.5

●

Automotive​ ​Academy​ ​(Repeatable)

11-12

0.5

Constructive/Woods​ ​Strand ●

Architecture

9-12

0.5

●

Building​ ​Construction​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Building​ ​Construction​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Wood​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Wood​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Woods​ ​Seminar

11-12

0.5

Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​Strand ●

Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and​ ​Design​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and​ ​Design​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​Seminar​ ​(Repeatable)

9-12

0.5

●

Video​ ​Production

10-12

0.5

●

Yearbook​ ​Publication​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production​ ​(Repeatable)

9-12

0.5

Engineering/CAD​ ​Strand ●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Aerospace​ ​Engineering (Alternating​ ​Years;​ ​offered​ ​in​ ​2016-2017))

11-12

1.0

●

CAD

9-12

0.5

13

Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Computer​ ​Integrated Manufacturing​ ​and​ ​Automation​ ​(Alternating​ ​years;​ ​offered​ ​in​ ​2017​ ​-​ ​2018)

10-12

1.0

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Digital​ ​Electronics

11-12

1.0

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Engineering​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Devel.

11-12

1.0

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​IED​ ​(Intro​ ​to​ ​Engineering​ ​Design)

9-12

1.0

●

PLTW:​ ​POE​ ​(Principles​ ​of​ ​Engineering)

10-12

1.0

●

Technology​ ​Assistant​ ​(Repeatable​ ​Course)

9-12

0.5

Art​ ​(Visual​ ​Arts):​ ​BCHS

Page

31

●

Drawing/Painting​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Drawing​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Drawing​ ​III

9-12

0.5

●

Painting​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Painting​ ​III

9-12

0.5

●

Art​ ​Metals​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Art​ ​Metals​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Art​ ​Metals​ ​III

9-12

0.5

●

Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​III

9-12

0.5

●

Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​III

9-12

0.5

●

Visual​ ​Communications

9-12

0.5

●

Art​ ​Seminar

11-12

1.0

●

Art​ ​Lab

11-12

0.5

●

AP​ ​2-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art

11-12

1.0

●

AP​ ​3-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art

11-12

1.0

●

AP​ ​Drawing​ ​Studio​ ​Art

11-12

1.0 14

Course​ ​Title ●

AP​ ​Art​ ​History

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

11-12

1.0

Art​ ​(Visual​ ​Arts):​ ​BEHS

Page

37

●

AP​ ​Art​ ​History

11-12

1.0

●

AP​ ​2-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art

11-12

1.0

●

AP​ ​3-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art

11-12

1.0

●

AP​ ​Drawing​ ​Studio​ ​Art

11-12

1.0

●

Art​ ​Seminar​ ​(Repeatable)

9-12

1.0

●

Ceramics​ ​and​ ​Sculpture​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Ceramics​ ​and​ ​Sculpture​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Design

9-12

0.5

●

Drawing​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Drawing​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Art​ ​Metals​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Art​ ​Metals​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Painting​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Painting​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I

9-12

0.5

●

Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​II

9-12

0.5

●

Visual​ ​Communications

9-12

0.5

●

Yearbook​ ​Publishing​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production

9-12

1.0

Business

42

Business​ ​Foundation​ ​Courses ●

Keyboarding​ ​&​ ​Digital​ ​Technologies

9-12

0.5

●

Introduction​ ​to​ ​Business

9-12

0.5

●

*Software​ ​Applications​ ​(TC)

9-12

0.5

●

Notetaking​ ​&​ ​Study​ ​Skills

9-12

0.5

15

Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

Page

Accounting/Finance​ ​Courses ●

Introduction​ ​to​ ​Accounting

9-12

0.5

●

*College​ ​Accounting​ ​(TC​ ​&​ ​CAPP)

11-12

1.0

●

Personal​ ​Finance

9-12

0.5

●

Financial​ ​Management​ ​&​ ​Investing​ ​(CAPP)

10-12

0.5

Management​ ​Courses ●

Entrepreneurship

10-12

0.5

●

Business​ ​Law

10-12

0.5

●

Business​ ​Management

10-12

0.5

Marketing​ ​Courses ●

Introduction​ ​to​ ​Marketing

9-12

0.5

●

Sports​ ​&​ ​Entertainment​ ​Marketing

10-12

0.5

11-12

1.0

Capstone​ ​Courses ●

Business​ ​Leadership​ ​(Level​ ​1)

Computer​ ​Science

45

●

Introduction​ ​to​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​and​ ​Game​ ​Development

9-12

0.5

●

Advanced​ ​Game​ ​Development​ ​and​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​Topics

9-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​A

9-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​Principles

9-12

1.0

●

Web​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Mobile​ ​Applications

9-12

0.5

Drivers​ ​Education ●

Drivers​ ​Education

47 9-12

0

English

48

●

Creative​ ​Writing

11-12

0.5

●

Drama​ ​as​ ​Literature

11-12

0.5

●

Dystopian​ ​and​ ​Utopian​ ​Literature

11-12

0.5

16

Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

●

English​ ​9

9

1.0

●

*Honors​ ​English​ ​9

9

1.0

●

English​ ​10

10

1.0

●

*Honors​ ​English​ ​10

10

1.0

●

English​ ​11

11

1.0

●

*AP​ ​English​ ​Language​ ​and​ ​Composition

11-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​English​ ​Literature​ ​and​ ​Composition

11-12

1.0

●

Giants​ ​in​ ​Time

11-12

0.5

●

The​ ​Graphic​ ​Novel

11-12

0.5

●

Writing​ ​for​ ​Publication

9-12

0.5

●

Literature​ ​in​ ​Film

11-12

0.5

●

Oral​ ​Interpretation,​ ​Acting,​ ​Directing

11-12

0.5

●

Public​ ​Speaking

11-12

0.5

●

Real​ ​Lives

11-12

0.5

●

Senior​ ​Literature​ ​Seminar

12

0.5

●

Speech​ ​Communication

9-10

0.5

●

Stagecraft

11-12

0.5

●

Writing​ ​for​ ​College

11-12

0.5

Experiential​ ​Learning

Page

52

●

Mentorship

11-12

0.5

●

Youth​ ​Apprenticeship

11-12

Varied

●

Project​ ​Pursuit

11-12

0.5

●

Career​ ​and​ ​Employment​ ​Opportunities​ ​(C.E.O)

11-12

Varied

Family​ ​and​ ​Consumer​ ​Science

53

●

Careers​ ​in​ ​Education

11-12

0.5

●

Exploring​ ​Health​ ​Occupations​ ​(TC)

11-12

1.0

●

Fashion​ ​Analysis

9-12

0.5

17

Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

●

Foundations​ ​of​ ​Child​ ​Development

9-12

0.5

●

Introduction​ ​to​ ​Elements​ ​of​ ​Design

9-12

0.5

●

Medical​ ​Terminology​ ​(TC)

11-12

1.0

●

*Principles​ ​of​ ​Interior​ ​Design​ ​(TC)

11-12

0.5

Health

Page

54

●

Health

●

Exercise​ ​Science

10

0.5

10-12

.5

LAUNCH

56

●

Writing​ ​for​ ​Research

11-12

1

●

Business

11-12

1

Mathematics ●

Advanced​ ​Studies​ ​in​ ​Geometry

●

A/B​ ​Algebra

●

57 10-12

0.5

9

2.0

Algebra​ ​I

9-12

1.0

●

Algebra​ ​II

9-12

1.0

●

Algebra​ ​II​ ​AB

10-12

2.0

●

Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II

9-12

1.0

●

*College​ ​Technical​ ​Mathematics​ ​I​ ​(TC)

11-12

1.0

●

Data​ ​Analysis

10-12

0.5

●

Geometry

9-12

1.0

●

*Honors​ ​Geometry

9-12

1.0

●

Introduction​ ​to​ ​Predictive​ ​Modeling

10-12

1.0

●

Functions​ ​and​ ​Trigonometry

10-12

0.5

●

Statistics

10-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​Statistics

10-12

1.0

●

Precalculus

10-12

1.0

●

*Honors​ ​Precalculus

10-12

1.0

18

Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

●

*AP​ ​AB​ ​Calculus

10-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​BC​ ​Calculus

10-12

1.0

Music

Page

61

●

Wind​ ​Ensemble

10-12

1.0

●

Chamber​ ​Choir

10-12

1.0

●

Concert​ ​Choir​ ​(grade​ ​9​ ​males​ ​only)

9-12

1.0

●

Women’s​ ​Choir

10-12

1.0

●

Introduction​ ​to​ ​Music​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​Composition

10-12

0.5

●

Treble​ ​Choir

10-12

0.5

●

Concert​ ​Band

9-12

1.0

●

Chamber​ ​Orchestra

10-12

1.0

●

Symphony​ ​Orchestra

9-12

1.0

●

Symphonic​ ​Band

10-12

1.0

●

Music​ ​Theory​ ​Fundamentals

10-12

0.5

Physical​ ​Education

64

●

PE​ ​09

9-12

0.5

●

Lifetime​ ​Sports

10-12

0.5

●

Personal​ ​Fitness​ ​&​ ​Wellness

10-12

0.5

●

Variety​ ​Sports

10-12

0.5

●

Ultimate​ ​Strength​ ​and​ ​Conditioning

10-12

0.5

●

Team​ ​&​ ​Racquet​ ​Sports

10-12

0.5

●

Outdoor​ ​Pursuits

11-12

0.5

●

Sports​ ​Officiating

10-12

0.5

●

Advanced​ ​Team​ ​&​ ​Individual​ ​Sports

10-12

0.5

●

Lifeguarding​ ​(need​ ​to​ ​be​ ​at​ ​least​ ​15​ ​years​ ​old)

15​ ​yrs​ ​and​ ​up

0.5

19

Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

Science

Page 67

●

Biology

9-12

1.0

●

*Honors​ ​Biology

9-12

1.0

●

Chemistry

9-12

1.0

●

*Honors​ ​Chemistry

9-12

1.0

●

Physics

10-12

1.0

●

*Honors​ ​Physics

10-12

1.0

●

Marine​ ​Biology

10-12

0.5

●

Ecology

10-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​Environmental​ ​Science

10-12

1.0

●

*Organic​ ​Chemistry

10-12

1.0

●

Anatomy​ ​and​ ​Physiology

10-12

1.0

●

Astronomy​ ​&​ ​Meteorology

10-12

0.5

●

Geology

10-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​Biology

10-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​Chemistry

10-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​Physics​ ​I

10-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​Physics​ ​II

10-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​Physics​ ​C

10-12

1.0

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​ ​-​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​Biomedical Science

9-12

1.0

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​ ​-​ ​Human​ ​Body​ ​Systems

9-12

1.0

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​ ​-​ ​Medical​ ​Interventions

9-12

1.0

●

Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​ ​-​ ​Biomedical​ ​Innovation

9-12

1.0

Social​ ​Studies

71

●

World​ ​History

9

1.0

●

20th​ ​Century​ ​American​ ​History

10

1.0

20

Course​ ​Title

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

●

Current​ ​Issues

10-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​European​ ​History

10-12

1.0

●

Modern​ ​Society

10-12

0.5

●

Crime,​ ​Society​ ​&​ ​the​ ​Law

10-12

0.5

●

Abnormal​ ​Psychology

10-12

0.5

●

Psychology

10-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​Psychology

10-12

0.5

●

International​ ​Relations

10-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​Micro​ ​Economics

11-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​Macro​ ​Economics

11-12

0.5

●

*AP​ ​United​ ​States​ ​Government​ ​and​ ​Politics

11-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​United​ ​States​ ​History

11-12

1.0

●

*AP​ ​Human​ ​Geography

9-12

1.0

●

Economics

12

0.5

●

Principles​ ​of​ ​American​ ​Democracy

12

0.5

World​ ​Language

Page

75

●

French​ ​1

9-12

1.0

●

French​ ​2

9-12

1.0

●

French​ ​3

9-12

1.0

●

French​ ​4

10-12

1.0

●

*French​ ​5​ ​(CAPP​ ​Option)

11-12

1.0

●

German​ ​1

9-12

1.0

●

German​ ​2

9-12

1.0

●

German​ ​3

9-12

1.0

●

German​ ​4

10-12

1.0

●

*German​ ​5​ ​(CAPP​ ​Option)

11-12

1.0

●

Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​1

9-12

1.0 21

●

Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​2 Course​ ​Title

9-12

1.0

Grade​ ​Level

Credit

●

Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​3

9-12

1.0

●

Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​4

10-12

1.0

●

Spanish​ ​1

9-12

1.0

●

Spanish​ ​2

9-12

1.0

●

Spanish​ ​3

9-12

1.0

●

Spanish​ ​4

10-12

1.0

●

*Spanish​ ​5​ ​(CAPP​ ​Option)

11-12

1.0

●

*Spanish​ ​6​ ​(CAPP​ ​Option)

11-12

1.0

●

Latin​ ​1

9-12

1.0

●

Latin​ ​2

9-12

1.0

●

Latin​ ​3

9-12

1.0

●

Latin​ ​4​ ​(CIS​ ​Option)

10-12

1.0

●

*Latin​ ​5​ ​(CIS​ ​Option)

11-12

1.0

Page

22

AP​ ​CAPSTONE AP​ ​Capstone​ ​is​ ​an​ ​innovative,​ ​college-level​ ​program​ ​based​ ​upon​ ​two​ ​new​ ​AP​ ​offerings​ ​-​ ​AP​ ​Seminar​ ​and​ ​AP​ ​Research​ ​-​ ​that complement​ ​and​ ​enhance​ ​discipline​ ​specific​ ​AP​ ​courses.​ ​ ​AP​ ​Seminar​ ​will​ ​be​ ​initially​ ​offered​ ​during​ ​the​ ​2017-18​ ​school year.​ ​ ​The​ ​second​ ​course​ ​in​ ​the​ ​AP​ ​Capstone​ ​program,​ ​AP​ ​Research,​ ​will​ ​be​ ​offered​ ​during​ ​the​ ​2018-19​ ​school​ ​year.

Class:​​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​Seminar Course​ ​Number​:​ ​7901A​ ​&​ ​7901B Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(Elective) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​None AP​ ​Seminar​ ​is​ ​a​ ​foundational​ ​course​ ​that​ ​engages​ ​students​ ​in cross-curricular​ ​conversations​ ​that​ ​explore​ ​the​ ​complexities​ ​of academic​ ​and​ ​real-world​ ​topics​ ​and​ ​issues​ ​by​ ​analyzing​ ​divergent perspectives.​ ​Using​ ​an​ ​inquiry​ ​framework,​ ​students​ ​practice reading​ ​and​ ​analyzing​ ​articles,​ ​research​ ​studies,​ ​and​ ​foundational literary​ ​and​ ​philosophical​ ​texts;​ ​listening​ ​to​ ​and​ ​viewing​ ​speeches, broadcasts,​ ​and​ ​personal​ ​accounts;​ ​and​ ​experiencing​ ​artistic​ ​works and​ ​performances.​ ​Students​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​synthesize​ ​information​ ​from multiple​ ​sources,​ ​develop​ ​their​ ​own​ ​perspectives​ ​in​ ​written​ ​essays, and​ ​design​ ​and​ ​deliver​ ​oral​ ​and​ ​visual​ ​presentations,​ ​both individually​ ​and​ ​as​ ​part​ ​of​ ​a​ ​team.​ ​Ultimately,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​aims​ ​to equip​ ​students​ ​with​ ​the​ ​power​ ​to​ ​analyze​ ​and​ ​evaluate​ ​information with​ ​accuracy​ ​and​ ​precision​ ​in​ ​order​ ​to​ ​craft​ ​and​ ​communicate evidence-based​ ​arguments.

23

APPLIED​ ​TECHNOLOGY​ ​AND​ ​ENGINEERING

(These​ ​courses​ ​can​ ​apply​ ​toward​ ​Practical/Fine​ ​Arts​ ​1.00​ ​credit​ ​requirement)

AUTOMOTIVE​ ​STRAND Class:​​ ​Automotive​ ​Academy​ ​-​ ​Capstone​ ​Class​ ​(Repeatable) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1003 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​I, Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​II,​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00;​ ​additional​ ​cost​ ​may​ ​apply based​ ​on​ ​project​ ​choices This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​wish​ ​to​ ​pursue​ ​a​ ​career in​ ​an​ ​Automotive​ ​related​ ​field.​ ​Through​ ​this​ ​course​ ​students​ ​will explore​ ​the​ ​most​ ​complex​ ​systems​ ​in​ ​modern​ ​automotive technology​ ​and​ ​gain​ ​mastery​ ​in​ ​the​ ​tasks​ ​essential​ ​for​ ​being​ ​a modern​ ​automotive​ ​technician.​ ​Students​ ​enrolled​ ​have​ ​the​ ​option to​ ​pursue​ ​internships​ ​and​ ​apprenticeships​ ​and​ ​hone​ ​their​ ​skills​ ​for their​ ​future​ ​career.

Class:​​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1031 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00;​ ​additional​ ​cost​ ​may​ ​apply based​ ​on​ ​project​ ​choices This​ ​course​ ​develops​ ​students​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​automotive technology​ ​and​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​service​ ​the​ ​modern automobile.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​develops​ ​students​ ​understanding​ ​in specific​ ​automotive​ ​systems,​ ​specifically,​ ​the​ ​electrical,​ ​battery, charging,​ ​starting,​ ​cooling​ ​and​ ​lubrication​ ​and​ ​wheels​ ​and​ ​tires.

Students​ ​will​ ​build​ ​the​ ​skill​ ​set​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​diagnose,​ ​test, maintain​ ​and​ ​repair​ ​those​ ​systems.

24

Class:​​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​I​ ​(Advanced​ ​Standing​ ​with WCTC) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1002 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00;​ ​additional​ ​cost​ ​may​ ​apply based​ ​on​ ​project​ ​choices

Class:​​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​III Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1036 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​I, Automotive​ ​Technology​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00;​ ​additional​ ​cost​ ​may​ ​apply based​ ​on​ ​project​ ​choices

This​ ​course​ ​introduces​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​fundamentals​ ​of​ ​automotive technology​ ​and​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​service​ ​the​ ​modern automobiles.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​serves​ ​as​ ​the​ ​introduction​ ​class​ ​to​ ​the automotives​ ​strand​ ​and​ ​gives​ ​a​ ​solid​ ​foundation​ ​in​ ​learning​ ​the major​ ​systems​ ​involved​ ​in​ ​automobiles​ ​and​ ​learning​ ​basic preventative​ ​maintenance​ ​and​ ​light​ ​repair​ ​tasks.​ ​This​ ​course rewards​ ​Advanced​ ​Standing​ ​credit​ ​for​ ​Waukesha​ ​County Technical​ ​College.

This​ ​course​ ​develops​ ​students​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​automotive technology​ ​and​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​service​ ​the​ ​modern automobile.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​develops​ ​students​ ​understanding​ ​in specific​ ​automotive​ ​systems,​ ​specifically,​ ​the​ ​steering,​ ​suspension, brakes,​ ​computer​ ​and​ ​ignition​ ​systems.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​build​ ​the​ ​skill set​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​diagnose,​ ​test,​ ​maintain​ ​and​ ​repair​ ​those​ ​systems.

Class:​​ ​Small​ ​Engines Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1014 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​and​ ​focused​ ​on​ ​helping​ ​students​ ​acquire basic​ ​skills​ ​needed​ ​to​ ​make​ ​repairs​ ​on​ ​small​ ​engines,​ ​such​ ​as​ ​those found​ ​on​ ​lawn​ ​mowers,​ ​snow​ ​throwers,​ ​outboards,​ ​chain​ ​saws,​ ​and cycles.​ ​Students​ ​learn​ ​basic​ ​parts​ ​and​ ​their​ ​relationship​ ​to​ ​operation of​ ​both​ ​two​ ​and​ ​four-cycle​ ​engines.

CONSTRUCTIVE/WOODS​ ​STRAND Class:​​ ​Architecture Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1001 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00 Architecture​ ​is​ ​defined​ ​as​ ​the​ ​art​ ​and​ ​science​ ​of​ ​designing buildings​ ​and​ ​structures.​ ​In​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​design​ ​a structure​ ​relevant​ ​to​ ​today’s​ ​modern​ ​architecture.​ ​Students​ ​will gain​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​knowledge​ ​on​ ​computer​ ​drawn​ ​plans​ ​and​ ​create​ ​a set​ ​of​ ​working​ ​drawings​ ​relevant​ ​to​ ​their​ ​structure.​ ​These​ ​plans shall​ ​include,​ ​floor​ ​plans,​ ​electrical​ ​plans,​ ​plumbing​ ​plans, structural​ ​plans,​ ​stair​ ​and​ ​roof​ ​plans,​ ​elevations​ ​and​ ​plot​ ​plans.

Architecture​ ​requires​ ​strong​ ​technical​ ​knowledge​ ​in​ ​the​ ​fields​ ​of engineering,​ ​logistics,​ ​geometry,​ ​building​ ​techniques,​ ​functional design​ ​and​ ​ergonomics.​ ​THis​ ​class​ ​is​ ​a​ ​foundation​ ​course​ ​for​ ​the student​ ​who​ ​wishes​ ​to​ ​pursue​ ​a​ ​degree​ ​in​ ​architecture​ ​and​ ​design and​ ​allows​ ​them​ ​to​ ​explore​ ​the​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​avenues​ ​in​ ​the architectural​ ​field.

Class:​​ ​Building​ ​Construction​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1008 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Building​ ​Construction​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No This​ ​advanced​ ​construction​ ​course​ ​will​ ​allow​ ​students​ ​interested in​ ​a​ ​possible​ ​career​ ​in​ ​the​ ​building​ ​trades​ ​to​ ​further​ ​their knowledge​ ​and​ ​skills.​ ​Advanced​ ​building​ ​materials,​ ​components, methods,​ ​and​ ​sequences​ ​used​ ​in​ ​residential​ ​and​ ​commercial construction​ ​are​ ​explored.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​build​ ​upon​ ​the​ ​skills learned​ ​in​ ​Building​ ​Construction​ ​I​ ​and​ ​related​ ​trades​ ​along​ ​with​ ​an overview​ ​of​ ​extensive​ ​career​ ​opportunities​ ​available.​ ​This​ ​course will​ ​delve​ ​deeper​ ​into​ ​the​ ​mechanicals​ ​and​ ​finishing​ ​required​ ​in home​ ​construction,​ ​including​ ​practical​ ​experience​ ​with​ ​the systems​ ​involved​ ​in​ ​residential​ ​construction​ ​including​ ​carpentry, electrical,​ ​plumbing​ ​and​ ​HVAC.​ ​Emphasis​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​safety​ ​and the​ ​proper​ ​use​ ​of​ ​both​ ​hand​ ​and​ ​power​ ​tools.​ ​Often,​ ​students​ ​may work​ ​on​ ​actual​ ​building​ ​projects​ ​both​ ​in​ ​the​ ​school​ ​and community.

25

Class:​​ ​Building​ ​Construction​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1006 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​basic​ ​building​ ​materials, components,​ ​methods,​ ​and​ ​sequences​ ​in​ ​residential​ ​construction.

It​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​give​ ​students​ ​basic,​ ​entry​ ​level​ ​exposure​ ​and skills​ ​in​ ​construction​ ​and​ ​related​ ​trades​ ​along​ ​with​ ​an​ ​overview​ ​of extensive​ ​career​ ​opportunities​ ​available.​ ​This​ ​hands-on​ ​project based​ ​course​ ​will​ ​expose​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​systems​ ​involved​ ​in residential​ ​construction​ ​including​ ​carpentry,​ ​electrical​ ​and plumbing.

Class:​​ ​Wood​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1004 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$45.00;​ ​additional​ ​cost​ ​may​ ​apply based​ ​on​ ​project​ ​choices This​ ​introductory​ ​level​ ​course​ ​applies​ ​modern​ ​manufacturing technology​ ​to​ ​the​ ​efficient​ ​processing​ ​of​ ​one​ ​renewable​ ​resource, wood.​ ​Through​ ​project​ ​based​ ​applications​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the proper​ ​care​ ​and​ ​application​ ​of​ ​industry​ ​standard​ ​tools​ ​and equipment​ ​to​ ​produce​ ​a​ ​manufactured​ ​product.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​developing​ ​manufacturing​ ​and woodworking​ ​skills​ ​for​ ​a​ ​profession​ ​or​ ​a​ ​hobby.​ ​Proper​ ​procedures in​ ​construction​ ​are​ ​realized​ ​by​ ​designing​ ​and​ ​building​ ​projects including​ ​the​ ​proper​ ​use​ ​of​ ​different​ ​joinery,​ ​gluing,​ ​sanding​ ​and finishing​ ​techniques.​ ​There​ ​is​ ​a​ ​fee​ ​for​ ​the​ ​materials​ ​used​ ​in​ ​this course.

Class:​​ ​Wood​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1030 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Woods​ ​Design​ ​and Production​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:$50.00;​ ​additional​ ​cost​ ​may​ ​apply based​ ​on​ ​project​ ​choices

Class:​​ ​Woods​ ​Seminar Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1017 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Woods​ ​Design​ ​and Production​ ​I​ ​and​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$50.00;​ ​additional​ ​cost​ ​may​ ​apply based​ ​on​ ​project​ ​choices

This​ ​advanced​ ​level​ ​course​ ​builds​ ​on​ ​the​ ​foundations​ ​learned​ ​in Woods​ ​I.​ ​Modern​ ​manufacturing​ ​technology​ ​methods​ ​will​ ​be emphasized​ ​as​ ​the​ ​student​ ​learns​ ​advanced​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​project planning​ ​and​ ​production,​ ​joinery,​ ​CNC​ ​machining​ ​and​ ​finishing techniques​ ​while​ ​producing​ ​a​ ​personal​ ​project.​ ​Advanced​ ​use​ ​of jigs​ ​and​ ​fixtures​ ​will​ ​be​ ​employed​ ​while​ ​students​ ​may​ ​participate in​ ​mass​ ​production​ ​of​ ​a​ ​consumer​ ​good.​ ​Through​ ​project​ ​based applications​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​proper​ ​care​ ​and​ ​application​ ​of industry​ ​standard​ ​tools​ ​and​ ​equipment​ ​to​ ​produce​ ​a​ ​manufactured product.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​with​ ​a​ ​sincere interest​ ​in​ ​woodworking​ ​or​ ​related​ ​field​ ​as​ ​a​ ​possible​ ​profession or​ ​serious​ ​hobby.​ ​There​ ​is​ ​a​ ​fee​ ​for​ ​the​ ​materials​ ​used​ ​in​ ​this course.

This​ ​capstone​ ​level​ ​course​ ​builds​ ​on​ ​the​ ​foundations​ ​learned​ ​in Woods​ ​I​ ​and​ ​II.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​select,​ ​design​ ​and​ ​build​ ​a​ ​custom woodworking​ ​project​ ​with​ ​instructor​ ​guidance​ ​that​ ​will​ ​allow​ ​the student​ ​to​ ​gain​ ​advanced​ ​knowledge​ ​and​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​the​ ​field​ ​of woodworking.​ ​Special​ ​emphasis​ ​will​ ​be​ ​placed​ ​upon craftsmanship,​ ​advanced​ ​joinery​ ​and​ ​finishing​ ​techniques.

Students​ ​are​ ​expected​ ​to​ ​be​ ​able​ ​to​ ​work​ ​independently.​ ​This course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​repeated,​ ​however​ ​instructor's​ ​approval​ ​is​ ​required.

There​ ​is​ ​a​ ​fee​ ​for​ ​the​ ​materials​ ​used​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course.

26

DIGITAL​ ​IMAGING​ ​STRAND Class:​​ ​Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and​ ​Design​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1012 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$35.00

This​ ​course​ ​introduces​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​fundamentals​ ​of​ ​digital image​ ​creation,​ ​manipulation​ ​and​ ​publishing​ ​in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of formats.​ ​Digital​ ​images,​ ​whether​ ​photographic​ ​or​ ​design​ ​based, are​ ​the​ ​cornerstone​ ​of​ ​today’s​ ​media​ ​rich​ ​environments.​ ​This course​ ​focuses​ ​on​ ​developing​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the​ ​interaction of​ ​the​ ​basic​ ​elements​ ​of​ ​photography​ ​and​ ​digital/graphic​ ​design exploring​ ​both​ ​raster​ ​and​ ​vector​ ​based​ ​images,​ ​the​ ​basis​ ​of​ ​all computer​ ​generated​ ​images​ ​today.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​use​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of software​ ​(Photoshop,​ ​Illustrator,​ ​InDesign)​ ​to​ ​create,​ ​edit​ ​and publish​ ​both​ ​raster​ ​and​ ​vector​ ​based​ ​graphics.​ ​A​ ​student​ ​fee​ ​is charged​ ​for​ ​the​ ​materials​ ​used​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course.

Class:​​ ​Video​ ​Production Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1019 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and Design​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$25.00

This​ ​course​ ​provides​ ​a​ ​unique​ ​classroom​ ​experience​ ​where students​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​fundamentals​ ​of​ ​digital​ ​storytelling​ ​and​ ​video production​ ​through​ ​the​ ​creation​ ​and​ ​editing​ ​using​ ​industry standard​ ​hardware​ ​and​ ​software.​ ​Video​ ​Production-Digital Storytelling​ ​is​ ​a​ ​hands-on​ ​course​ ​that​ ​empowers​ ​the​ ​student​ ​with the​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​create,​ ​integrate​ ​and​ ​publish​ ​video​ ​based​ ​projects with​ ​real​ ​life​ ​applications.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​complete​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of journalistic​ ​video​ ​projects​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of​ ​the​ ​class including​ ​music​ ​videos,​ ​animations,​ ​documentaries​ ​etc..Special emphasis​ ​will​ ​be​ ​placed​ ​upon​ ​digital​ ​storytelling​ ​and​ ​publishing​ ​to the​ ​web.

Class:​​ ​Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and​ ​Design​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1007 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and Design​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$35.00

This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​build​ ​upon​ ​the​ ​foundations​ ​gained​ ​in​ ​Digital Imaging​ ​and​ ​Design​ ​I.​ ​Students,​ ​through​ ​a​ ​personalized​ ​learning approach,​ ​will​ ​gain​ ​in​ ​depth​ ​knowledge​ ​and​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​multiple​ ​areas of​ ​the​ ​imaging​ ​fields​ ​including​ ​digital​ ​photography,​ ​illustration and​ ​page​ ​layout.​ ​Student’s​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​the​ ​creation​ ​and​ ​modification of​ ​raster​ ​and​ ​vector​ ​based​ ​graphics​ ​will​ ​be​ ​refined.​ ​Multiple​ ​output and​ ​publishing​ ​solutions​ ​will​ ​be​ ​explored.​ ​A​ ​fee​ ​is​ ​charged​ ​for materials​ ​used​ ​in​ ​projects.

Class:​​ ​Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​Seminar Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1011 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and Design​ ​I​ ​and​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$35.00

This​ ​semester​ ​long​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​those​ ​students​ ​who​ ​have successfully​ ​completed​ ​Digital​ ​Imaging​ ​and​ ​Design​ ​I​ ​and​ ​II​ ​and are​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​engaging​ ​in​ ​advanced​ ​study​ ​in​ ​the​ ​areas​ ​of​ ​digital imaging​ ​(web​ ​and​ ​multimedia),​ ​photography,​ ​graphic​ ​design, printing​ ​or​ ​related​ ​fields.​ ​Through​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​real​ ​world applications​ ​students​ ​will​ ​apply​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​concepts​ ​learned​ ​in previous​ ​imaging​ ​courses​ ​in​ ​the​ ​creation​ ​of​ ​images​ ​for,​ ​but​ ​not limited​ ​to,​ ​the​ ​school​ ​newspaper,​ ​yearbook,​ ​web​ ​pages,​ ​displays and​ ​community​ ​groups.​ ​The​ ​class​ ​functions​ ​as​ ​a​ ​business providing​ ​design​ ​and​ ​reproduction​ ​services​ ​to​ ​the​ ​school community.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​be​ ​given​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​explore an​ ​independently​ ​study,​ ​project​ ​based​ ​activity​ ​furthering​ ​their knowledge​ ​of​ ​specific​ ​imaging​ ​disciplines.​ ​A​ ​fee​ ​is​ ​charged​ ​for materials​ ​used​ ​in​ ​projects.

Class:​​ ​Yearbook​ ​Publishing​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production​ ​(BCHS) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1018A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1018B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Journalism,​ ​Intro​ ​to​ ​Imaging​ ​Design,​ ​or​ ​Consent​ ​of​ ​Instructor Weighted​:​ ​No

The​ ​yearbook​ ​design​ ​and​ ​production​ ​course​ ​will​ ​teach​ ​the​ ​student​ ​layout​ ​and​ ​design,​ ​photography,​ ​desktop​ ​publishing,​ ​advertising,​ ​and journalism​ ​while​ ​providing​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​contribute​ ​to​ ​the​ ​production​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​yearbook.​ ​Attention​ ​is​ ​given​ ​to​ ​the​ ​integration of​ ​several​ ​curricular​ ​areas:​ ​art,​ ​through​ ​both​ ​design​ ​and​ ​photography;​ ​technology​ ​through​ ​desktop​ ​publishing,​ ​photo​ ​editing,​ ​design​ ​and layout​ ​software;​ ​social​ ​studies,​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the​ ​ethics​ ​of​ ​journalism;​ ​English,​ ​through​ ​the​ ​application​ ​of​ ​sound​ ​journalism​ ​and writing,​ ​and​ ​business,​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​advertising.​ ​The​ ​students​ ​will​ ​make​ ​content​ ​and​ ​coverage​ ​decisions​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​fulfill​ ​the

27

functions​ ​of​ ​a​ ​yearbook​ ​(history​ ​book,​ ​record​ ​book,​ ​picture​ ​book,​ ​memory​ ​book).

ENGINEERING/CAD​ ​STRAND Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Aerospace Engineering​ ​(AE)​ ​Advanced​ ​Standing/Dual​ ​Enrollment Option​ ​(IU) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2169A​ ​&​ ​2169B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Geometry​ ​and​ ​either Principles​ ​of​ ​Engineering​ ​or​ ​Physics Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$25.00

Class:​​ ​CAD​ ​-​ ​Computer​ ​Aided​ ​Design​ ​Transcripted​ ​Credit with​ ​WCTC Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1032 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Computer​ ​Integrated Manufacturing​ ​and​ ​Automation​​ ​(CIM)​ ​Advanced Standing/Dual​ ​Enrollment​ ​Option​ ​(IU)​ ​(Alternating​ ​year; offered​ ​in​ ​2017-2018) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2170A​ ​&​ ​2170B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​CAD​ ​I​ ​or​ ​Introduction​ ​to Engineering​ ​Design,​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​Engineering Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Digital​ ​Electronics (DE)​ ​Advanced​ ​Standing/Dual​ ​Enrollment​ ​Option​ ​(IU) (Alternating​ ​Year;​ ​offered​ ​in​ ​2018​ ​-​ ​2019) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1038A​ ​&​ ​1038B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Geometry,​ ​POE Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

The​ ​major​ ​focus​ ​of​ ​this​ ​course​ ​is​ ​to​ ​expose​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​world of​ ​aeronautics,​ ​flight​ ​and​ ​engineering​ ​through​ ​the​ ​fields​ ​of aeronautics,​ ​aerospace​ ​engineering​ ​and​ ​related​ ​areas​ ​of​ ​study.

Students​ ​work​ ​in​ ​teams​ ​utilizing​ ​hands-on​ ​activities,​ ​projects​ ​and problems​ ​and​ ​are​ ​exposed​ ​to​ ​various​ ​situations​ ​faced​ ​by aerospace​ ​engineers.​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​students​ ​use​ ​3D​ ​design​ ​software to​ ​help​ ​design​ ​solutions​ ​to​ ​proposed​ ​problems.​ ​Students​ ​design intelligent​ ​vehicles​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​documenting​ ​their​ ​project, solving​ ​problems​ ​and​ ​communicating​ ​their​ ​solutions​ ​to​ ​their​ ​peers and​ ​members​ ​of​ ​the​ ​professional​ ​community.

Computer​ ​Integrated​ ​Manufacturing​ ​(CIM)​ ​is​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of manufacturing​ ​planning,​ ​integration,​ ​and​ ​implementation​ ​of automation​ ​and​ ​CNC​ ​machining.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​explores manufacturing​ ​history,​ ​individual​ ​processes,​ ​systems,​ ​and​ ​careers.

In​ ​addition​ ​to​ ​technical​ ​concepts,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​incorporates​ ​finance, ethics,​ ​and​ ​engineering​ ​design.​ ​This​ ​reflects​ ​an​ ​integrated approach​ ​that​ ​leading​ ​manufacturers​ ​have​ ​adopted​ ​to​ ​improve safety,​ ​quality,​ ​and​ ​efficiency.​ ​Utilizing​ ​the activity-project-problem-based​ ​(APPB)​ ​teaching​ ​and​ ​learning pedagogy,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​continually​ ​hone​ ​their​ ​interpersonal skills,​ ​creative​ ​abilities,​ ​and​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the​ ​design​ ​process.

Students​ ​apply​ ​knowledge​ ​gained​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​in​ ​a​ ​final open-ended​ ​problem​ ​to​ ​build​ ​a​ ​manufacturing​ ​system.​ ​Computer Integrated​ ​Manufacturing​ ​is​ ​a​ ​high​ ​school​ ​level​ ​course​ ​that​ ​is appropriate​ ​for​ ​10th,​ ​11th,​ ​or​ ​12th​ ​grade​ ​students​ ​interested​ ​in manufacturing​ ​and​ ​automation.

This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​study​ ​drafting,​ ​visualizing​ ​and​ ​techniques​ ​as​ ​well as​ ​multiview​ ​representation​ ​of​ ​technical​ ​drawings.​ ​AutoCAD​ ​2D drafting​ ​and​ ​3D​ ​Modeling​ ​inventor​ ​software​ ​will​ ​be​ ​used​ ​to​ ​create technical​ ​drawings.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​introduced​ ​the​ ​engineering design​ ​process​ ​and​ ​careers​ ​that​ ​relate​ ​to​ ​the​ ​CAD​ ​industry.

From​ ​smartphones​ ​to​ ​appliances,​ ​digital​ ​circuits​ ​are​ ​all​ ​around​ ​us.

Digital​ ​Electronics​ ​provides​ ​a​ ​foundation​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​are interested​ ​in​ ​electrical​ ​or​ ​mechanical​ ​engineering,​ ​electronics,​ ​or circuit​ ​design.​ ​Students​ ​study​ ​topics​ ​such​ ​as​ ​combinational​ ​and sequential​ ​logic​ ​and​ ​are​ ​exposed​ ​to​ ​circuit​ ​design​ ​tools​ ​used​ ​in industry,​ ​including​ ​logic​ ​gates,​ ​integrated​ ​circuits,​ ​and programmable​ ​logic​ ​devices.​ ​DE​ ​is​ ​one​ ​of​ ​the​ ​specialized​ ​courses in​ ​the​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​The​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​ ​“Pathway​ ​to​ ​Engineering” course​ ​sequence.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​investigates​ ​engineering​ ​and engineering​ ​technologies.​ ​It​ ​looks​ ​at​ ​how​ ​the​ ​tools​ ​of​ ​mathematical and​ ​scientific​ ​theory​ ​are​ ​integrated​ ​into​ ​functioning​ ​systems.

Throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​various​ ​forms​ ​of​ ​technology​ ​are​ ​utilized,​ ​by the​ ​students,​ ​to​ ​create​ ​systems​ ​that​ ​perform​ ​various​ ​functions.​ ​This project​ ​gives​ ​students​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​skills​ ​and understanding​ ​of​ ​course​ ​concepts​ ​through​ ​activity-,​ ​project-,​ ​and problem-based​ ​(APPB)​ ​learning.​ ​Used​ ​in​ ​combination​ ​with​ ​a teaming​ ​approach,​ ​APPB​ ​learning​ ​challenges​ ​students​ ​to continually​ ​hone​ ​their​ ​interpersonal​ ​skills,​ ​creative​ ​abilities,​ ​and problem​ ​solving​ ​skills​ ​as​ ​they​ ​apply​ ​engineering​ ​concepts.​ ​It​ ​also allow​ ​students​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​strategies​ ​to​ ​enable​ ​and​ ​direct​ ​their​ ​own learning.​ ​A​ ​materials​ ​fee​ ​is​ ​charged​ ​for​ ​this​ ​course.

28

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Engineering​ ​Design and​ ​Development​ ​(EDD)​ ​-​ ​Capstone​ ​Class Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1039A​ ​&​ ​1039B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Previous​ ​completion​ ​of one​ ​of​ ​the​ ​PLTW​ ​foundation​ ​courses Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​Course​ ​fee​ ​based​ ​on​ ​project Engineering​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Development​ ​(EDD)​ ​is​ ​the​ ​capstone course​ ​in​ ​the​ ​PLTW​ ​high​ ​school​ ​engineering​ ​program.​ ​It​ ​is​ ​an engineering​ ​research,​ ​design​ ​and​ ​fabrication​ ​course​ ​in​ ​which students​ ​work​ ​in​ ​teams​ ​to​ ​design,​ ​develop​ ​and​ ​fabricate​ ​an original​ ​solution​ ​to​ ​a​ ​valid​ ​open-ended​ ​technical​ ​problem​ ​by applying​ ​the​ ​engineering​ ​design​ ​process.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​applies​ ​and concurrently​ ​continues​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​knowledge​ ​and​ ​skills​ ​from​ ​the foundation​ ​PLTW​ ​courses​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​mathematics,​ ​science,​ ​and technology.​ ​Since​ ​the​ ​projects​ ​on​ ​which​ ​students​ ​work​ ​can​ ​vary with​ ​student​ ​interest,​ ​the​ ​curriculum​ ​focuses​ ​on​ ​the​ ​full engineering​ ​process​ ​from​ ​problem​ ​identification​ ​through presentation​ ​of​ ​a​ ​complete​ ​solution​ ​that​ ​is​ ​modeled​ ​by​ ​a​ ​working prototype.​ ​Utilizing​ ​an​ ​activity-project-problem-based​ ​(APPB) environment,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​perform​ ​research​ ​to​ ​choose,​ ​validate, and​ ​justify​ ​a​ ​technical​ ​problem.​ ​After​ ​carefully​ ​defining​ ​the problem,​ ​teams​ ​of​ ​students​ ​will​ ​design,​ ​build,​ ​and​ ​test​ ​their solution.​ ​Finally,​ ​student​ ​teams​ ​will​ ​present​ ​and​ ​defend​ ​their original​ ​solution​ ​to​ ​an​ ​outside​ ​panel​ ​of​ ​experts​ ​in​ ​the​ ​various aspects​ ​of​ ​engineering​ ​and​ ​business.​ ​While​ ​progressing​ ​through the​ ​engineering​ ​design​ ​process,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​utilize​ ​community experts​ ​and​ ​will​ ​continually​ ​hone​ ​their​ ​organizational, communication​ ​and​ ​interpersonal​ ​skills,​ ​their​ ​creative​ ​and problem​ ​solving​ ​abilities,​ ​and​ ​their​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​design​ ​and process.​ ​A​ ​material​ ​fee​ ​is​ ​charged​ ​for​ ​this​ ​course.

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Introduction​ ​to Engineering​ ​Design​ ​(IED)​ ​Advanced​ ​Standing/Dual Enrollment​ ​Option​ ​(IU) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1035A​ ​&​ ​1035B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00

This​ ​is​ ​a​ ​foundational​ ​level​ ​course​ ​focused​ ​on​ ​engineering​ ​and engineering​ ​design.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​introduced​ ​to​ ​careers​ ​in​ ​the engineering​ ​profession,​ ​common​ ​approaches​ ​to​ ​engineering problem​ ​solving,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​engineering​ ​design​ ​process.​ ​Course​ ​work will​ ​be​ ​dependent​ ​on​ ​the​ ​use​ ​of​ ​a​ ​3-D​ ​solid​ ​modeling​ ​program,​ ​in order​ ​to​ ​create​ ​original​ ​solutions​ ​to​ ​problems.​ ​Throughout​ ​the course​ ​various​ ​forms​ ​of​ ​technology​ ​are​ ​utilized,​ ​by​ ​the​ ​students,​ ​to create​ ​working​ ​solutions.​ ​The​ ​project​ ​work​ ​gives​ ​students​ ​the opportunity​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​course​ ​concepts through​ ​activity-,​ ​project-,​ ​problem-based​ ​(APPB)​ ​learning.​ ​Used in​ ​combination​ ​with​ ​a​ ​teaming​ ​approach,​ ​APPB​ ​learning challenges​ ​students​ ​to​ ​continually​ ​hone​ ​their​ ​interpersonal​ ​skills, creative​ ​abilities,​ ​and​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​skills​ ​as​ ​they​ ​apply engineering​ ​concepts.​ ​It​ ​allows​ ​students​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​strategies​ ​to enable​ ​and​ ​direct​ ​their​ ​own​ ​learning.

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​PLTW:​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​Engineering​ ​(POE)​ ​Advanced​ ​Standing/Dual​ ​Enrollment​ ​Option​ ​(IU) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1037A​ ​&​ ​1037B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Geometry,​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Engineering​ ​Design Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00

This​ ​course​ ​investigates​ ​multiple​ ​engineering​ ​fields​ ​and​ ​engineering​ ​technologies.​ ​It​ ​looks​ ​at​ ​how​ ​the​ ​tools​ ​of​ ​mathematical​ ​and scientific​ ​theory​ ​are​ ​integrated​ ​into​ ​functioning​ ​systems.​ ​Throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​various​ ​forms​ ​of​ ​technology​ ​are​ ​utilized,​ ​by​ ​the students,​ ​to​ ​create​ ​working​ ​solutions.​ ​This​ ​project​ ​work​ ​gives​ ​students​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​course concepts​ ​through​ ​activity-,​ ​project-,​ ​and​ ​problem-based​ ​(APPB)​ ​learning.​ ​Used​ ​in​ ​combination​ ​with​ ​a​ ​teaming​ ​approach,​ ​APPB learning​ ​challenges​ ​students​ ​to​ ​continually​ ​hone​ ​their​ ​interpersonal​ ​skills,​ ​creative​ ​abilities,​ ​and​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​skills​ ​as​ ​they​ ​apply engineering​ ​concepts.​ ​It​ ​also​ ​allows​ ​students​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​strategies​ ​to​ ​enable​ ​and​ ​direct​ ​their​ ​own​ ​learning.​ ​A​ ​materials​ ​fee​ ​is​ ​charged​ ​for this​ ​course.

29

ADDITIONAL​ ​ELECTIVES Class:​​ ​Technology​ ​Assistant Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1015 Credit​:​ ​0.5​ ​(Repeatable​ ​Course) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Interest​ ​in​ ​technology​ ​&​ ​helping​ ​others.​ ​Teacher​ ​recommendation.​ ​Prior​ ​coursework​ ​in location/subject​ ​area​ ​strongly​ ​encouraged Weighted​:​ ​No This​ ​program​ ​will​ ​allow​ ​students​ ​to​ ​work​ ​with,​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​and​ ​share​ ​their​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​technology​ ​with​ ​students​ ​and​ ​staff.

This​ ​program​ ​will​ ​channel​ ​student’s​ ​enthusiasm​ ​for​ ​technology​ ​to​ ​build​ ​self-esteem,​ ​develop​ ​character​ ​and​ ​allow​ ​them​ ​to gain​ ​technical​ ​skills​ ​while​ ​providing​ ​a​ ​service​ ​to​ ​students​ ​and​ ​staff.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​assigned​ ​to​ ​a​ ​staff​ ​member/lab​ ​to​ ​assist with​ ​the​ ​implementation,​ ​teaching​ ​and​ ​upkeep​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school’s​ ​technology.

30

ART​ ​(VISUAL​ ​ARTS)​ ​-​ ​BCHS

These​ ​courses​ ​can​ ​apply​ ​towards​ ​Practical/Fine​ ​Arts​ ​1.00​ ​credit​ ​requirements Visual​ ​Art​ ​and​ ​Design​ ​Department​ ​Courses

31

Class:​​ ​Drawing/Painting​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1113 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Class:​​ ​Drawing​ ​III Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1116 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Drawing​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Develop​ ​your​ ​observation​ ​and​ ​drawing​ ​and​ ​painting​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​this wonderful​ ​class.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​focus​ ​on​ ​the​ ​fundamentals​ ​of drawing:​ ​line,​ ​shape,​ ​value,​ ​perspective,​ ​composition,​ ​proportion, spatial​ ​relationships,​ ​volume​ ​and​ ​texture​ ​and​ ​you​ ​will​ ​create amazing​ ​masterpieces​ ​in​ ​the​ ​process.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​analyze​ ​how shadows​ ​and​ ​highlights​ ​create​ ​form​ ​and​ ​use​ ​perspective​ ​to​ ​create the​ ​illusion​ ​of​ ​space.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​will​ ​enhance​ ​students’ observational​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​enable​ ​them​ ​to​ ​apply​ ​these​ ​abilities​ ​to​ ​their work.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​become​ ​familiar​ ​with​ ​various​ ​ways​ ​in​ ​which the​ ​elements,​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​design​ ​and​ ​composition​ ​improve​ ​their creative​ ​approach​ ​and​ ​critical​ ​judgement.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​teaches​ ​all the​ ​skills​ ​you​ ​will​ ​need​ ​to​ ​continue​ ​on​ ​in​ ​your​ ​2-dimensional​ ​high school​ ​art​ ​career.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​advertising,​ ​architecture,​ ​fashion design,​ ​interior​ ​design,​ ​illustration,​ ​engineering,​ ​medical illustration​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

Drawing​ ​III​ ​is​ ​for​ ​the​ ​student​ ​with​ ​a​ ​passion​ ​for​ ​expanding​ ​their drawing​ ​process​ ​in​ ​a​ ​personal​ ​and​ ​professional​ ​manner.​ ​Drawing III​ ​will​ ​encompass​ ​more​ ​independent​ ​access​ ​to​ ​technical​ ​color applications​ ​using​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​2-dimensional​ ​drawing​ ​tools.

Students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​anatomical​ ​figures​ ​and​ ​receive​ ​a​ ​more​ ​in-depth experience​ ​to​ ​figure​ ​drawing,​ ​expanding​ ​their​ ​previous​ ​knowledge of​ ​the​ ​human​ ​form​ ​and​ ​composition.​ ​The​ ​elements​ ​and​ ​principles of​ ​art​ ​and​ ​design​ ​will​ ​be​ ​establishing​ ​a​ ​series​ ​of​ ​drawings​ ​related to​ ​a​ ​common​ ​theme​ ​of​ ​their​ ​choosing.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​leave​ ​the​ ​class with​ ​refined​ ​skills​ ​of​ ​drawing​ ​that​ ​will​ ​translate​ ​to​ ​more​ ​successful artistic​ ​ventures. ​ ​Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in:​ ​advertising,​ ​architecture,​ ​fashion design,​ ​illustration,​ ​engineering,​ ​medical​ ​illustration​ ​and​ ​many more.

Class:​​ ​Drawing​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1111 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Drawing/Painting​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Class:​​ ​Painting​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1108 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Drawing/Painting​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Drawing​ ​II​ ​is​ ​for​ ​the​ ​student​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​expanding​ ​their 2-dimensional​ ​art-making.​ ​Drawing​ ​II​ ​will​ ​focus​ ​on​ ​building​ ​from drawing​ ​fundamentals​ ​within​ ​Drawing/Painting​ ​I,​ ​such​ ​as​ ​the elements​ ​and​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​design​ ​focusing​ ​on​ ​line,​ ​shape,​ ​value, perspective,​ ​proportion,​ ​volume,​ ​texture,​ ​and​ ​more.​ ​The introduction​ ​of​ ​color​ ​media​ ​will​ ​be​ ​an​ ​integral​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Drawing II​ ​experience,​ ​and​ ​students​ ​will​ ​have​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​and grow​ ​to​ ​create​ ​more​ ​complex​ ​and​ ​colorful​ ​artworks​ ​using​ ​colored pencils,​ ​soft​ ​pastels,​ ​oil​ ​pastels,​ ​ink,​ ​and​ ​more.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also be​ ​introduced​ ​to​ ​drawing​ ​the​ ​figure​ ​using​ ​live​ ​models, concentrating​ ​on​ ​gesture​ ​and​ ​proportion​ ​to​ ​enhance​ ​future​ ​figure drawings​ ​and​ ​portraiture.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​refine​ ​drawing​ ​skills​ ​to be​ ​used​ ​for​ ​more​ ​advanced​ ​classes​ ​in​ ​the​ ​future.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in:​ ​advertising,​ ​architecture,​ ​fashion design,​ ​ ​interior​ ​design,​ ​illustration,​ ​engineering,​ ​medical illustration​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

Expand​ ​your​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​paint.​ ​Painting​ ​II​ ​class builds​ ​on​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​acquired​ ​in​ ​Drawing/Painting​ ​I.​ ​Students​ ​will explore​ ​value​ ​and​ ​color​ ​as​ ​they​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​create​ ​their​ ​own​ ​strong compositions​ ​and​ ​how​ ​to​ ​look​ ​at​ ​their​ ​work​ ​with​ ​a​ ​critical​ ​eye.

Color​ ​theory​ ​will​ ​help​ ​students​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​mix​ ​and​ ​produce​ ​color variations​ ​that​ ​will​ ​add​ ​depth​ ​and​ ​excitement​ ​to​ ​their​ ​work.

Research​ ​of​ ​art​ ​movements​ ​and​ ​artists​ ​will​ ​enrich​ ​the​ ​learning experience.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in:​ ​advertising,​ ​fashion​ ​design, illustration,​ ​textiles​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

32

Class:​​ ​Painting​ ​III Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1119 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Painting​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​III Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1124 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1106 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1102 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1112 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1103 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Students​ ​will​ ​refine​ ​their​ ​painting​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​this​ ​advanced​ ​level course.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​various​ ​artistic​ ​styles​ ​and​ ​materials​ ​as they​ ​develop​ ​their​ ​portfolio​ ​of​ ​work.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​strengthen​ ​their understanding​ ​of​ ​color​ ​theory,​ ​value,​ ​space​ ​and​ ​strong compositional​ ​elements​ ​and​ ​apply​ ​them​ ​to​ ​their​ ​pieces.​ ​Research​ ​of art​ ​movements​ ​and​ ​artists​ ​will​ ​enrich​ ​the​ ​learning​ ​experience.

Students​ ​are​ ​encouraged​ ​to​ ​think​ ​creatively​ ​and​ ​develop​ ​their​ ​own personal​ ​style​ ​through​ ​their​ ​growth​ ​and​ ​development.​ ​Students​ ​are given​ ​more​ ​personal​ ​responsibility​ ​for​ ​the​ ​creation​ ​of​ ​their​ ​artwork with​ ​an​ ​emphasis​ ​on​ ​building​ ​conceptual​ ​and​ ​technical​ ​skills.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​advertising,​ ​fashion​ ​design, illustration,​ ​textiles​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

This​ ​art​ ​class​ ​explores​ ​the​ ​amazing​ ​material​ ​of​ ​metal.​ ​Create numerous​ ​wearable​ ​art​ ​pieces​ ​including​ ​bracelets,​ ​rings,​ ​pendants, necklaces​ ​and​ ​sculpture.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​design​ ​skills​ ​and learn​ ​basic​ ​metalsmithing​ ​techniques​ ​including​ ​cutting,​ ​piercing, filing,​ ​sanding​ ​and​ ​polishing.​ ​Advanced​ ​skills​ ​of​ ​soldering​ ​and stone​ ​setting​ ​will​ ​also​ ​be​ ​covered.​ ​You​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​same techniques​ ​that​ ​professional​ ​jewelers​ ​use.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​jewelry​ ​design,​ ​metalsmithing, goldsmithing,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​welding,​ ​industrial​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many more.

In​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​build​ ​on​ ​their​ ​skills​ ​from Metals​ ​I​ ​using​ ​cutting,​ ​piercing,​ ​filing,​ ​sanding​ ​and​ ​polishing.

Advanced​ ​techniques​ ​of​ ​casting,​ ​soldering​ ​and​ ​advanced​ ​forming of​ ​metal​ ​pieces​ ​will​ ​be​ ​covered.​ ​Wearable​ ​art,​ ​sculptures​ ​and containers​ ​will​ ​be​ ​created.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​jewelry​ ​design,​ ​metalsmithing, goldsmithing,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​welding,​ ​industrial​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many more.

Students​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​work​ ​and​ ​refine​ ​the technical​ ​skills​ ​used​ ​with​ ​metal.​ ​An​ ​increasing​ ​emphasis​ ​will​ ​be placed​ ​on​ ​original​ ​design,​ ​conceptual​ ​development,​ ​critical thinking​ ​and​ ​craftsmanship,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​the​ ​science​ ​behind​ ​a​ ​variety of​ ​metals​ ​and​ ​processes.​ ​Advanced​ ​design​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​originality will​ ​be​ ​emphasized​ ​as​ ​students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​encouraged​ ​to​ ​find​ ​their own​ ​style​ ​and​ ​area​ ​of​ ​focus​ ​in​ ​metal​ ​and​ ​design​ ​a​ ​series​ ​of​ ​pieces around​ ​that​ ​focus.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​jewelry​ ​design,​ ​metalsmithing, goldsmithing,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​welding,​ ​industrial​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many more.

Ceramics​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​hand​ ​built​ ​methods​ ​of​ ​coil​ ​and​ ​slab construction​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​wheel​ ​throwing.

Sculpture​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​additive​ ​techniques​ ​such​ ​as​ ​wire​ ​figures​ ​or found-object​ ​assembles,​ ​or​ ​subtractive​ ​sculpture​ ​such​ ​as​ ​plaster​ ​or foam​ ​carving.​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​the​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​development of​ ​realistic​ ​or​ ​abstract​ ​form​ ​by​ ​studying​ ​sculptors​ ​of​ ​historical​ ​and contemporary​ ​times.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​architecture,​ ​engineering, industrial​ ​design,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​package​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​wish​ ​to​ ​go​ ​beyond​ ​what they​ ​have​ ​learned​ ​in​ ​Ceramics​ ​and​ ​Sculpture​ ​I.​ ​Students​ ​will continue​ ​to​ ​explore​ ​hand-built​ ​methods​ ​and​ ​throwing​ ​on​ ​the​ ​wheel.

Artwork​ ​created​ ​will​ ​be​ ​greater​ ​in​ ​scale​ ​and​ ​complexity.​ ​It​ ​is​ ​an excellent​ ​course​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​want​ ​to​ ​start​ ​their​ ​portfolio​ ​for 3-D​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement,​ ​or,​ ​for​ ​those​ ​students​ ​who wish​ ​to​ ​improve​ ​their​ ​skills.​ ​Further​ ​research​ ​into​ ​historical​ ​and contemporary​ ​sculpture​ ​will​ ​inspire​ ​creative​ ​work.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​architecture,​ ​engineering, industrial​ ​design,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​package​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

33

Class:​​ ​Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​III Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1114 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1120 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ P ​ rintmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1125 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​III Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1121 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Media​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Ceramics​ ​and​ ​Sculpture​ ​III​ ​is​ ​for​ ​the​ ​student​ ​with​ ​an​ ​enthusiasm for​ ​expanding​ ​their​ ​knowledge​ ​about​ ​three-dimensional​ ​processes in​ ​a​ ​personal​ ​and​ ​professional​ ​manner.​ ​Ceramics​ ​and​ ​Sculpture​ ​III will​ ​encompass​ ​more​ ​independent​ ​access​ ​to​ ​sculpture​ ​tools​ ​and techniques.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​receive​ ​a​ ​more​ ​in-depth​ ​experience​ ​in additive​ ​and​ ​subtractive​ ​techniques.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​ideas using​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​and​ ​create​ ​work​ ​through​ ​the combination​ ​of​ ​techniques.​ ​The​ ​elements​ ​and​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​art​ ​and design​ ​will​ ​be​ ​established​ ​for​ ​a​ ​student​ ​to​ ​critically​ ​analyze​ ​and evaluate​ ​methods​ ​of​ ​creating​ ​artwork​ ​and​ ​establishing​ ​a​ ​series​ ​of artworks​ ​related​ ​to​ ​a​ ​common​ ​theme​ ​of​ ​their​ ​choosing.​ ​Students will​ ​leave​ ​the​ ​class​ ​with​ ​refined​ ​skills​ ​of​ ​ceramics​ ​and​ ​sculpture processes​ ​that​ ​will​ ​translate​ ​to​ ​more​ ​successful​ ​artistic​ ​ventures.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​architecture,​ ​engineering,​ ​industrial design,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​package​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I​ ​introduces​ ​students​ ​to​ ​printmaking techniques​ ​such​ ​as​ ​monotype,​ ​collagraph,​ ​relief​ ​and​ ​screen printing.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​using​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​art​ ​materials together​ ​in​ ​an​ ​artwork.​ ​Projects​ ​may​ ​incorporate​ ​painting, book-making,​ ​fibers,​ ​collage,​ ​printmaking,​ ​drawing,​ ​sculpture​ ​and found-objects.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​advertising,​ ​fashion​ ​design,​ ​graphic design,​ ​package​ ​design,​ ​textiles,​ ​illustration​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​II​ ​is​ ​a​ ​more​ ​in-depth​ ​study​ ​of printmaking​ ​and​ ​art-making​ ​experiences.​ ​Printmaking​ ​is​ ​a synthesis​ ​of​ ​the​ ​material​ ​process​ ​and​ ​critical​ ​analysis​ ​of printmaking​ ​and​ ​design.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​investigates​ ​what​ ​it​ ​means​ ​to work​ ​in​ ​mixed​ ​media​ ​and​ ​where​ ​it​ ​is​ ​used​ ​in​ ​society​ ​at​ ​large.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​advertising,​ ​fashion​ ​design, graphic​ ​design,​ ​package​ ​design,​ ​textiles,​ ​illustration​ ​and​ ​more.

Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​III​ ​is​ ​for​ ​the​ ​student​ ​with​ ​an enthusiasm​ ​for​ ​expanding​ ​their​ ​knowledge​ ​about​ ​the​ ​printmaking process​ ​in​ ​a​ ​personal​ ​and​ ​professional​ ​manner.​ ​Printmaking​ ​and Mixed​ ​Media​ ​III​ ​will​ ​encompass​ ​more​ ​independent​ ​access​ ​to printmaking​ ​tools​ ​and​ ​mixed​ ​media​ ​techniques.​ ​Students​ ​will receive​ ​a​ ​more​ ​in-depth​ ​experience​ ​in​ ​intaglio,​ ​relief,​ ​monotype, and​ ​lithography​ ​processes.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​ideas​ ​using mixed​ ​media​ ​techniques​ ​and​ ​expand​ ​on​ ​their​ ​previous​ ​knowledge through​ ​the​ ​combination​ ​of​ ​techniques.​ ​The​ ​elements​ ​and principles​ ​of​ ​art​ ​and​ ​design​ ​will​ ​be​ ​established​ ​for​ ​a​ ​student​ ​to critically​ ​analyze​ ​and​ ​evaluate​ ​methods​ ​of​ ​creating​ ​artwork​ ​and establishing​ ​a​ ​series​ ​of​ ​artworks​ ​related​ ​to​ ​a​ ​common​ ​theme​ ​of their​ ​choosing.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​leave​ ​the​ ​class​ ​with​ ​refined​ ​skills​ ​of printmaking​ ​and​ ​mixed​ ​media​ ​processes​ ​that​ ​will​ ​translate​ ​to​ ​more successful​ ​artistic​ ​ventures.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in:​ ​advertising,​ ​fashion​ ​design, graphic​ ​design,​ ​package​ ​design,​ ​textiles,​ ​illustration​ ​and​ ​many more.

34

Class:​​ ​Visual​ ​Communications Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1122 Credit​:​ ​0.5​ ​(Repeatable​ ​course) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Visual​ ​Communications​ ​is​ ​a​ ​career-oriented​ ​course​ ​that​ ​will introduce​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​creative​ ​industries​ ​in​ ​practical​ ​and commercial​ ​applications.​ ​This​ ​21st​ ​Century​ ​focused​ ​class​ ​will engage​ ​students​ ​in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​topics​ ​including​ ​graphic​ ​design, advertising,​ ​animation,​ ​film,​ ​industrial​ ​design,​ ​illustration,​ ​and commercial​ ​arts.​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​cross​ ​curricular​ ​studies​ ​will​ ​be integrated.​ ​Due​ ​to​ ​the​ ​personalized​ ​learning​ ​nature​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course,​ ​it may​ ​be​ ​repeated​ ​for​ ​credit​ ​(because​ ​students​ ​will​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​a specific​ ​topic​ ​for​ ​the​ ​9​ ​weeks)​ ​per​ ​instructor​ ​approval​ ​as​ ​each​ ​term may​ ​focus​ ​more​ ​deeply​ ​on​ ​a​ ​different​ ​21st​ ​Century​ ​topic.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​graphic​ ​design,​ ​advertising animation,​ ​film,​ ​industrial​ ​design,​ ​illustration,​ ​and​ ​commercial​ ​arts.

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Seminar Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1101A​ ​&​ ​1101B Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​one​ ​completed​ ​strand​ ​in​ ​a medium​ ​(i.e.​ ​Drawing/Painting​ ​I,​ ​Painting​ ​II​ ​&​ ​III​ ​or Ceramics/Sculpture​ ​I,​ ​II​ ​&​ ​III​ ​-OR-​ ​4​ ​art​ ​classes​ ​including​ ​at least​ ​one​ ​level​ ​II​ ​class.)

Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

This​ ​class​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​wish​ ​to​ ​go​ ​beyond​ ​what they​ ​have​ ​learned​ ​in​ ​a​ ​strand​ ​of​ ​art​ ​classes​ ​(i.e.

Ceramics/Sculpture).​ ​Art​ ​seminar​ ​is​ ​for​ ​experienced, self-motivated​ ​students​ ​who​ ​can​ ​work​ ​independently.​ ​This​ ​course will​ ​focus​ ​on​ ​visual​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​while​ ​the​ ​student​ ​begins​ ​to find​ ​their​ ​voice​ ​to​ ​communicate​ ​in​ ​their​ ​artwork.​ ​It​ ​is​ ​an​ ​excellent course​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​want​ ​to​ ​start​ ​to​ ​build​ ​their​ ​portfolio​ ​for​ ​AP Studio,​ ​or​ ​for​ ​those​ ​students​ ​who​ ​wish​ ​to​ ​improve​ ​their​ ​skills.​ ​This course​ ​is​ ​repeatable.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​advertising,​ ​architecture, engineering,​ ​industrial​ ​design,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​package​ ​design, graphic​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Lab Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1126 Credit​:​ ​0.5​ ​(Repeatable​ ​course) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Enrolled​ ​in​ ​Art​ ​Seminar and/or​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​during​ ​the​ ​same​ ​school​ ​year Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

This​ ​class​ ​will​ ​enhance​ ​the​ ​Art​ ​Seminar​ ​and​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​course experiences.​ ​It​ ​will​ ​integrate​ ​portfolio​ ​development,​ ​art​ ​gallery displays​ ​and​ ​community​ ​art.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​have​ ​their​ ​own​ ​studio space​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​art​ ​work.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​2-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1161A​ ​&​ ​1161B Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(Repeatable​ ​course) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​4​ ​visual​ ​art​ ​classes:including a​ ​Level​ ​2​ ​course​ ​and/or​ ​Art​ ​Seminar​ ​and/or​ ​consent​ ​of​ ​instructor with​ ​portfolio​ ​review.

Weighted​:​ ​Yes Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$50.00

The​ ​AP​ ​Program​ ​offers​ ​three​ ​studio​ ​art​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​portfolios:​ ​Two Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​and​ ​Drawing.​ ​The​ ​AP Studio​ ​Art​ ​portfolios​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​are​ ​seriously interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​practical​ ​experience​ ​of​ ​art.​ ​Students​ ​submit​ ​portfolios​ ​for evaluation​ ​at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​year.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​portfolios​ ​-​ ​2D​ ​Design,​ ​3D​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Drawing​ ​corresponding​ ​to​ ​the​ ​most​ ​common​ ​college​ ​foundation​ ​courses.​ ​Students may​ ​choose​ ​to​ ​submit​ ​any​ ​or​ ​all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Drawing,​ ​Two​ ​Dimensional Design,​ ​or​ ​Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design​ ​portfolios.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students create​ ​a​ ​portfolio​ ​of​ ​work​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​the​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​ideas​ ​they have​ ​developed,​ ​refined,​ ​and​ ​applied​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year​ ​to produce​ ​visual​ ​compositions.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students​ ​work​ ​with​ ​diverse media,​ ​styles,​ ​subjects,​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Each​ ​of​ ​the​ ​three​ ​portfolios​ ​consists of​ ​three​ ​Sections:​ ​The​ ​Breadth​ ​section​ ​illustrates​ ​a​ ​range​ ​of​ ​ideas​ ​and approaches​ ​to​ ​art​ ​making;​ ​The​ ​Concentration​ ​section​ ​show​ ​sustained, deep,​ ​and​ ​multi​ ​perspective​ ​investigation​ ​of​ ​a​ ​student​ ​selected​ ​topic;​ ​The Quality​ ​section​ ​represents​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​most​ ​successful​ ​works​ ​with respect​ ​to​ ​form​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Works​ ​in​ ​this​ ​section​ ​may​ ​be​ ​selected​ ​from the​ ​other​ ​two​ ​sections.​ ​Students’​ ​work​ ​is​ ​informed​ ​and​ ​guided​ ​by observation,​ ​research,​ ​experimentation,​ ​discussion,​ ​critical​ ​analysis,​ ​and reflection,​ ​relating​ ​individual​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​the​ ​art​ ​world.​ ​Students​ ​are​ ​asked to​ ​document​ ​their​ ​artistic​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​conceptual and​ ​technical​ ​development​ ​over​ ​time.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program supports​ ​students​ ​in​ ​becoming​ ​inventive​ ​artistic​ ​scholars​ ​who​ ​contribute​ ​to visual​ ​culture​ ​through​ ​art​ ​making.

35

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​3-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1163A​ ​&​ ​1163B Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(Repeatable​ ​course) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​4​ ​visual​ ​art​ ​classes:including​ ​a

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Drawing​ ​Studio​ ​Art Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1162A​ ​&​ ​1162B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​4​ ​visual​ ​art​ ​classes:including

Weighted​:​ ​Yes Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$50.00

Weighted​:​ ​Yes Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$50.00

Level​ ​2​ ​course​ ​and/or​ ​Art​ ​Seminar​ ​and/or​ ​consent​ ​of​ ​instructor with​ ​portfolio​ ​review.

The​ ​AP​ ​Program​ ​offers​ ​three​ ​studio​ ​art​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​portfolios:​ ​Two Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​and​ ​Drawing.

The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​portfolios​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​are seriously​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​practical​ ​experience​ ​of​ ​art.​ ​Students submit​ ​portfolios​ ​for​ ​evaluation​ ​at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​year.​ ​The AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​portfolios​ ​-​ ​2D​ ​Design, 3D​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Drawing​ ​-​ ​corresponding​ ​to​ ​the​ ​most​ ​common college​ ​foundation​ ​courses.​ ​Students​ ​may​ ​choose​ ​to​ ​submit​ ​any​ ​or all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Drawing,​ ​Two​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​or​ ​Three Dimensional​ ​Design​ ​portfolios.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students​ ​create​ ​a portfolio​ ​of​ ​work​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​the​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​ideas​ ​they have​ ​developed,​ ​refined,​ ​and​ ​applied​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year​ ​to produce​ ​visual​ ​compositions.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students​ ​work​ ​with diverse​ ​media,​ ​styles,​ ​subjects,​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Each​ ​of​ ​the​ ​three portfolios​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​Sections:​ ​The​ ​Breadth​ ​section​ ​illustrates a​ ​range​ ​of​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​approaches​ ​to​ ​art​ ​making;​ ​The​ ​Concentration section​ ​show​ ​sustained,​ ​deep,​ ​and​ ​multi​ ​perspective​ ​investigation of​ ​a​ ​student​ ​selected​ ​topic;​ ​The​ ​Quality​ ​section​ ​represents​ ​the student’s​ ​most​ ​successful​ ​works​ ​with​ ​respect​ ​to​ ​form​ ​and​ ​content.

Works​ ​in​ ​this​ ​section​ ​may​ ​be​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the​ ​other​ ​two​ ​sections.

Students’​ ​work​ ​is​ ​informed​ ​and​ ​guided​ ​by​ ​observation,​ ​research, experimentation,​ ​discussion,​ ​critical​ ​analysis,​ ​and​ ​reflection, relating​ ​individual​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​the​ ​art​ ​world.​ ​Students​ ​are​ ​asked​ ​to document​ ​their​ ​artistic​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​demonstrate conceptual​ ​and​ ​technical​ ​development​ ​over​ ​time.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio Art​ ​Program​ ​supports​ ​students​ ​in​ ​becoming​ ​inventive​ ​artistic scholars​ ​who​ ​contribute​ ​to​ ​visual​ ​culture​ ​through​ ​art​ ​making.

a​ ​Level​ ​2​ ​course​ ​and/or​ ​Art​ ​Seminar​ ​and/or​ ​consent​ ​of​ ​instructor with​ ​portfolio​ ​review.

The​ ​AP​ ​Program​ ​offers​ ​three​ ​studio​ ​art​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​portfolios: Two​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​and Drawing.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​portfolios​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students who​ ​are​ ​seriously​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​practical​ ​experience​ ​of​ ​art.

Students​ ​submit​ ​portfolios​ ​for​ ​evaluation​ ​at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school year.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​portfolios​ ​-​ ​2D Design,​ ​3D​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Drawing​ ​-​ ​corresponding​ ​to​ ​the​ ​most common​ ​college​ ​foundation​ ​courses.​ ​Students​ ​may​ ​choose​ ​to submit​ ​any​ ​or​ ​all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Drawing,​ ​Two​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​or Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design​ ​portfolios.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students create​ ​a​ ​portfolio​ ​of​ ​work​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​the​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and ideas​ ​they​ ​have​ ​developed,​ ​refined,​ ​and​ ​applied​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of the​ ​year​ ​to​ ​produce​ ​visual​ ​compositions.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students work​ ​with​ ​diverse​ ​media,​ ​styles,​ ​subjects,​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Each​ ​of​ ​the three​ ​portfolios​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​Sections:​ ​The​ ​Breadth​ ​section illustrates​ ​a​ ​range​ ​of​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​approaches​ ​to​ ​art​ ​making;​ ​The Concentration​ ​section​ ​show​ ​sustained,​ ​deep,​ ​and​ ​multi​ ​perspective investigation​ ​of​ ​a​ ​student​ ​selected​ ​topic;​ ​The​ ​Quality​ ​section represents​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​most​ ​successful​ ​works​ ​with​ ​respect​ ​to form​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Works​ ​in​ ​this​ ​section​ ​may​ ​be​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the other​ ​two​ ​sections.​ ​Students’​ ​work​ ​is​ ​informed​ ​and​ ​guided​ ​by observation,​ ​research,​ ​experimentation,​ ​discussion,​ ​critical analysis,​ ​and​ ​reflection,​ ​relating​ ​individual​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​the​ ​art world.​ ​Students​ ​are​ ​asked​ ​to​ ​document​ ​their​ ​artistic​ ​ideas​ ​and practices​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​conceptual​ ​and​ ​technical​ ​development over​ ​time.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program​ ​supports​ ​students​ ​in becoming​ ​inventive​ ​artistic​ ​scholars​ ​who​ ​contribute​ ​to​ ​visual culture​ ​through​ ​art​ ​making.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Art​ ​History Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1160A​ ​&​ ​1160B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Junior​ ​or​ ​Senior​ ​year Weighted​:​ ​Yes The​ ​AP​ ​Art​ ​History​ ​course​ ​explores​ ​such​ ​topics​ ​as​ ​the​ ​nature​ ​of​ ​art,​ ​its​ ​uses,​ ​its​ ​meanings,​ ​art​ ​making,​ ​and​ ​responses​ ​to​ ​art.​ ​Through investigation​ ​of​ ​diverse​ ​artistic​ ​traditions​ ​of​ ​cultures​ ​from​ ​prehistory​ ​to​ ​the​ ​present,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​fosters​ ​in-depth​ ​and​ ​holistic​ ​understanding of​ ​the​ ​history​ ​of​ ​art​ ​from​ ​a​ ​global​ ​perspective.​ ​Students​ ​learn​ ​and​ ​apply​ ​skills​ ​of​ ​visual,​ ​contextual,​ ​and​ ​comparative​ ​analysis​ ​to​ ​engage with​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​art​ ​forms,​ ​constructing​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​individual​ ​works​ ​and​ ​interconnections​ ​of​ ​art-making​ ​processes​ ​and​ ​products throughout​ ​history.

36

ART​ ​(VISUAL​ ​ARTS)​ ​-​ ​BEHS

37

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Art​ ​History Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1160A​ ​&​ ​1160B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Junior​ ​or​ ​Senior​ ​year Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​3-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1163A​ ​&​ ​1163B Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(Repeatable​ ​course) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​4​ ​visual​ ​art​ ​classes: including​ ​a​ ​Level​ ​2​ ​course​ ​and/or​ ​Art​ ​Seminar​ ​and/or consent​ ​of​ ​instructor​ ​with​ ​portfolio​ ​review.

The​ ​AP​ ​Art​ ​History​ ​course​ ​explores​ ​such​ ​topics​ ​as​ ​the​ ​nature​ ​of​ ​art, Weighted​:​ ​Yes its​ ​uses,​ ​its​ ​meanings,​ ​art​ ​making,​ ​and​ ​responses​ ​to​ ​art.​ ​Through Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee:​​ ​$50.00 investigation​ ​of​ ​diverse​ ​artistic​ ​traditions​ ​of​ ​cultures​ ​from prehistory​ ​to​ ​the​ ​present,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​fosters​ ​in-depth​ ​and​ ​holistic understanding​ ​of​ ​the​ ​history​ ​of​ ​art​ ​from​ ​a​ ​global​ ​perspective.

Students​ ​learn​ ​and​ ​apply​ ​skills​ ​of​ ​visual,​ ​contextual,​ ​and comparative​ ​analysis​ ​to​ ​engage​ ​with​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​art​ ​forms, constructing​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​individual​ ​works​ ​and interconnections​ ​of​ ​art-making​ ​processes​ ​and​ ​products​ ​throughout history.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​2-D​ ​Design​ ​Studio​ ​Art Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1161A​ ​&​ ​1161B Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(Repeatable​ ​course) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​4​ ​visual​ ​art​ ​classes: including​ ​a​ ​Level​ ​2​ ​course​ ​and/or​ ​Art​ ​Seminar​ ​and/or consent​ ​of​ ​instructor​ ​with​ ​portfolio​ ​review.

Weighted​:​ ​Yes Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee:​​ ​$50.00

The​ ​AP​ ​Program​ ​offers​ ​three​ ​studio​ ​art​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​portfolios:​ ​Two Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​and​ ​Drawing.

The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​portfolios​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​are seriously​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​practical​ ​experience​ ​of​ ​art.​ ​Students submit​ ​portfolios​ ​for​ ​evaluation​ ​at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​year.​ ​The AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​portfolios​ ​-​ ​2D​ ​Design, 3D​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Drawing​ ​-​ ​corresponding​ ​to​ ​the​ ​most​ ​common college​ ​foundation​ ​courses.​ ​Students​ ​may​ ​choose​ ​to​ ​submit​ ​any​ ​or all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Drawing,​ ​Two​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​or​ ​Three Dimensional​ ​Design​ ​portfolios.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students​ ​create​ ​a portfolio​ ​of​ ​work​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​the​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​ideas​ ​they have​ ​developed,​ ​refined,​ ​and​ ​applied​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year​ ​to produce​ ​visual​ ​compositions.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students​ ​work​ ​with diverse​ ​media,​ ​styles,​ ​subjects,​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Each​ ​of​ ​the​ ​three portfolios​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​Sections:​ ​The​ ​Breadth​ ​section​ ​illustrates a​ ​range​ ​of​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​approaches​ ​to​ ​art​ ​making;​ ​The​ ​Concentration section​ ​show​ ​sustained,​ ​deep,​ ​and​ ​multi​ ​perspective​ ​investigation of​ ​a​ ​student​ ​selected​ ​topic;​ ​The​ ​Quality​ ​section​ ​represents​ ​the student’s​ ​most​ ​successful​ ​works​ ​with​ ​respect​ ​to​ ​form​ ​and​ ​content.

Works​ ​in​ ​this​ ​section​ ​may​ ​be​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the​ ​other​ ​two​ ​sections.

Students’​ ​work​ ​is​ ​informed​ ​and​ ​guided​ ​by​ ​observation,​ ​research, experimentation,​ ​discussion,​ ​critical​ ​analysis,​ ​and​ ​reflection, relating​ ​individual​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​the​ ​art​ ​world.​ ​Students​ ​are​ ​asked​ ​to document​ ​their​ ​artistic​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​demonstrate conceptual​ ​and​ ​technical​ ​development​ ​over​ ​time.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio Art​ ​Program​ ​supports​ ​students​ ​in​ ​becoming​ ​inventive​ ​artistic scholars​ ​who​ ​contribute​ ​to​ ​visual​ ​culture​ ​through​ ​art​ ​making.

The​ ​AP​ ​Program​ ​offers​ ​three​ ​studio​ ​art​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​portfolios: Two​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​and Drawing.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​portfolios​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students who​ ​are​ ​seriously​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​practical​ ​experience​ ​of​ ​art.

Students​ ​submit​ ​portfolios​ ​for​ ​evaluation​ ​at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school year.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​portfolios​ ​-​ ​2D Design,​ ​3D​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Drawing​ ​-​ ​corresponding​ ​to​ ​the​ ​most common​ ​college​ ​foundation​ ​courses.​ ​Students​ ​may​ ​choose​ ​to submit​ ​any​ ​or​ ​all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Drawing,​ ​Two​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​or Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design​ ​portfolios.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students create​ ​a​ ​portfolio​ ​of​ ​work​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​the​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and ideas​ ​they​ ​have​ ​developed,​ ​refined,​ ​and​ ​applied​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of the​ ​year​ ​to​ ​produce​ ​visual​ ​compositions.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students work​ ​with​ ​diverse​ ​media,​ ​styles,​ ​subjects,​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Each​ ​of​ ​the three​ ​portfolios​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​Sections:​ ​The​ ​Breadth​ ​section illustrates​ ​a​ ​range​ ​of​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​approaches​ ​to​ ​art​ ​making;​ ​The Concentration​ ​section​ ​show​ ​sustained,​ ​deep,​ ​and​ ​multi​ ​perspective investigation​ ​of​ ​a​ ​student​ ​selected​ ​topic;​ ​The​ ​Quality​ ​section represents​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​most​ ​successful​ ​works​ ​with​ ​respect​ ​to form​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Works​ ​in​ ​this​ ​section​ ​may​ ​be​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the other​ ​two​ ​sections.​ ​Students’​ ​work​ ​is​ ​informed​ ​and​ ​guided​ ​by observation,​ ​research,​ ​experimentation,​ ​discussion,​ ​critical analysis,​ ​and​ ​reflection,​ ​relating​ ​individual​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​the​ ​art world.​ ​Students​ ​are​ ​asked​ ​to​ ​document​ ​their​ ​artistic​ ​ideas​ ​and practices​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​conceptual​ ​and​ ​technical​ ​development over​ ​time.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program​ ​supports​ ​students​ ​in becoming​ ​inventive​ ​artistic​ ​scholars​ ​who​ ​contribute​ ​to​ ​visual culture​ ​through​ ​art​ ​making.

38

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Drawing​ ​Studio​ ​Art Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1162A​ ​&​ ​1162B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​4​ ​visual​ ​art​ ​classes: including​ ​a​ ​Level​ ​2​ ​course​ ​and/or​ ​Art​ ​Seminar​ ​and/or consent​ ​of​ ​instructor​ ​with​ ​portfolio​ ​review.

Weighted​:​ ​Yes Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee:​​ ​$50.00 The​ ​AP​ ​Program​ ​offers​ ​three​ ​studio​ ​art​ ​courses​ ​and​ ​portfolios:​ ​Two Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​Three​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​and​ ​Drawing.

The​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​portfolios​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​are seriously​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​practical​ ​experience​ ​of​ ​art.​ ​Students submit​ ​portfolios​ ​for​ ​evaluation​ ​at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​year.​ ​The AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​Program​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​portfolios​ ​-​ ​2D​ ​Design, 3D​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Drawing​ ​-​ ​corresponding​ ​to​ ​the​ ​most​ ​common college​ ​foundation​ ​courses.​ ​Students​ ​may​ ​choose​ ​to​ ​submit​ ​any​ ​or all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Drawing,​ ​Two​ ​Dimensional​ ​Design,​ ​or​ ​Three Dimensional​ ​Design​ ​portfolios.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students​ ​create​ ​a portfolio​ ​of​ ​work​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​the​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​ideas​ ​they have​ ​developed,​ ​refined,​ ​and​ ​applied​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year​ ​to produce​ ​visual​ ​compositions.​ ​AP​ ​Studio​ ​Art​ ​students​ ​work​ ​with diverse​ ​media,​ ​styles,​ ​subjects,​ ​and​ ​content.​ ​Each​ ​of​ ​the​ ​three portfolios​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​three​ ​Sections:​ ​The​ ​Breadth​ ​section​ ​illustrates a​ ​range​ ​of​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​approaches​ ​to​ ​art​ ​making;​ ​The​ ​Concentration section​ ​show​ ​sustained,​ ​deep,​ ​and​ ​multi​ ​perspective​ ​investigation of​ ​a​ ​student​ ​selected​ ​topic;​ ​The​ ​Quality​ ​section​ ​represents​ ​the student’s​ ​most​ ​successful​ ​works​ ​with​ ​respect​ ​to​ ​form​ ​and​ ​content.

Works​ ​in​ ​this​ ​section​ ​may​ ​be​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the​ ​other​ ​two​ ​sections.

Students’​ ​work​ ​is​ ​informed​ ​and​ ​guided​ ​by​ ​observation,​ ​research, experimentation,​ ​discussion,​ ​critical​ ​analysis,​ ​and​ ​reflection, relating​ ​individual​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​the​ ​art​ ​world.​ ​Students​ ​are​ ​asked​ ​to document​ ​their​ ​artistic​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​practices​ ​to​ ​demonstrate conceptual​ ​and​ ​technical​ ​development​ ​over​ ​time.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Studio Art​ ​Program​ ​supports​ ​students​ ​in​ ​becoming​ ​inventive​ ​artistic scholars​ ​who​ ​contribute​ ​to​ ​visual​ ​culture​ ​through​ ​art​ ​making.

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Seminar Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1101A​ ​&​ ​1101B Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​one​ ​completed​ ​strand​ ​in​ ​a medium​ ​(i.e.​ ​Ceramics/Sculpture) ​ ​Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

The​ ​purpose​ ​of​ ​this​ ​class​ ​is​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​students​ ​with​ ​an​ ​opportunity to​ ​expand​ ​and​ ​explore​ ​their​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​art​ ​&​ ​design​ ​media​ ​by creating​ ​original​ ​works​ ​of​ ​art​ ​from​ ​observation​ ​and​ ​their imagination.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​a​ ​concept,​ ​see​ ​it​ ​through​ ​a​ ​variety of​ ​processes,​ ​and​ ​evaluate​ ​the​ ​success​ ​of​ ​the​ ​final​ ​product.​ ​Students will​ ​also​ ​study​ ​the​ ​work​ ​and​ ​influences​ ​of​ ​various​ ​artists​ ​of​ ​ ​the past​ ​and​ ​present,​ ​in​ ​addition​ ​to​ ​creating​ ​a​ ​conceptualizing​ ​their​ ​own focus​ ​and​ ​theme​ ​for​ ​a​ ​series​ ​of​ ​artwork​ ​and​ ​portfolio​ ​development.

This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​repeatable.

Class:​​ ​Ceramics​ ​and​ ​Sculpture​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1102 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Design/Drawing​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Ceramics​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​hand​ ​built​ ​methods​ ​of​ ​coil​ ​and​ ​slab construction​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​wheel​ ​throwing.

Sculpture​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​additive​ ​techniques​ ​such​ ​as​ ​wire​ ​figures​ ​or found-object​ ​assemblages,​ ​or​ ​subtractive​ ​sculpture​ ​such​ ​as​ ​plaster or​ ​foam​ ​carving.​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​the​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the development​ ​of​ ​realistic​ ​or​ ​abstract​ ​form​ ​by​ ​studying​ ​sculptors​ ​of historical​ ​and​ ​contemporary​ ​times.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​architecture,​ ​engineering, industrial​ ​design,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​package​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

Class:​​ ​Ceramics​ ​and​ ​Sculpture​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1103 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Ceramics​ ​+​ ​Sculpture​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

This​ ​advanced​ ​course​ ​is​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​have​ ​experience​ ​in​ ​basic ceramic​ ​techniques​ ​such​ ​as​ ​pinch,​ ​coil​ ​and​ ​slab​ ​construction, throwing​ ​on​ ​the​ ​potter’s​ ​wheel,​ ​and​ ​glaze​ ​application,​ ​and​ ​wish​ ​to develop​ ​a​ ​greater​ ​sense​ ​of​ ​mastery​ ​in​ ​the​ ​medium.​ ​Students​ ​will have​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​work​ ​in​ ​a​ ​greater​ ​format​ ​and​ ​size, experiment​ ​with​ ​glazes​ ​and​ ​manipulate​ ​more​ ​complex​ ​forms​ ​on the​ ​potter’s​ ​wheel.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​expected​ ​to​ ​work​ ​at​ ​a​ ​more intensive​ ​individual​ ​level​ ​while​ ​creating​ ​more​ ​imaginative​ ​forms in​ ​a​ ​more​ ​challenging​ ​environment.

Class:​​ ​Design Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1104 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:None Weighted​: Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​focus​ ​on​ ​the​ ​elements​ ​and​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​design.

Design​ ​skills​ ​will​ ​be​ ​used​ ​to​ ​communicate​ ​ideas.​ ​Students​ ​will develop​ ​skills​ ​through​ ​creative​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​in​ ​both 2-dimensional​ ​and​ ​3-dimensional​ ​visual​ ​media​ ​that​ ​may​ ​include drawing,​ ​painting,​ ​sculpture,​ ​ceramics,​ ​printmaking​ ​and technology.

39

Class:​​ ​Drawing​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1105 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Develop​ ​your​ ​observation​ ​and​ ​drawing​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​this​ ​wonderful class.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​focus​ ​on​ ​the​ ​fundamentals​ ​of​ ​drawing:​ ​line, shape,​ ​value,​ ​perspective,​ ​composition,​ ​proportion,​ ​spatial relationships,​ ​volume​ ​and​ ​texture​ ​and​ ​you​ ​will​ ​create​ ​amazing masterpieces​ ​in​ ​the​ ​process.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​will​ ​enhance​ ​students’ observational​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​enable​ ​them​ ​to​ ​apply​ ​these​ ​abilities​ ​to​ ​their work.​ ​Students’​ ​observational​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​enable​ ​them​ ​to​ ​apply​ ​these abilities​ ​to​ ​their​ ​work.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​become​ ​familiar​ ​with​ ​various ways​ ​in​ ​which​ ​the​ ​elements,​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​design​ ​and​ ​composition improve​ ​their​ ​creative​ ​approach​ ​and​ ​critical​ ​judgement.​ ​This​ ​course teaches​ ​all​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​you​ ​will​ ​need​ ​to​ ​continue​ ​on​ ​in​ ​your 2-dimensional​ ​high​ ​school​ ​art​ ​career.

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1112 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00 In​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​build​ ​on​ ​their​ ​skills​ ​from Metals​ ​I​ ​using​ ​cutting,​ ​piercing,​ ​filing,​ ​sanding​ ​and​ ​polishing.

Advanced​ ​techniques​ ​of​ ​casting,​ ​soldering​ ​and​ ​advanced​ ​forming of​ ​metal​ ​pieces​ ​will​ ​be​ ​covered.​ ​Wearable​ ​art,​ ​sculptures​ ​and containers​ ​will​ ​be​ ​created.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​jewelry​ ​design,​ ​metalsmithing, goldsmithing,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​welding,​ ​industrial​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many more.

Class:​​ ​Drawing​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1111 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Drawing​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Class:​​ ​Painting​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1107 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Drawing​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

This​ ​course​ ​further​ ​develops​ ​the​ ​student's​ ​concepts​ ​acquired​ ​in Drawing​ ​I​ ​by​ ​focusing​ ​on​ ​composition,​ ​figurative​ ​drawing​ ​and​ ​the use​ ​of​ ​color​ ​media,​ ​such​ ​as​ ​pastel​ ​and​ ​color​ ​pencil.​ ​Both​ ​realism and​ ​abstraction​ ​are​ ​encouraged​ ​and​ ​advanced​ ​drawing​ ​skills​ ​are applied​ ​to​ ​creative​ ​assignments.

Expand​ ​your​ ​artistic​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​paint​ ​using​ ​various​ ​kinds​ ​of paint.​ ​Painting​ ​class​ ​builds​ ​on​ ​the​ ​skill​ ​acquired​ ​in​ ​drawing​ ​and design.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​value​ ​and​ ​color​ ​as​ ​they​ ​learn​ ​to create​ ​their​ ​own​ ​strong​ ​compositions​ ​and​ ​how​ ​to​ ​look​ ​at​ ​their​ ​work with​ ​a​ ​critical​ ​eye.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​analyze​ ​how​ ​shadow​ ​and highlights​ ​create​ ​form​ ​and​ ​use​ ​perspective​ ​to​ ​create​ ​the​ ​illusion​ ​of space.​ ​Color​ ​theory​ ​will​ ​help​ ​students​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​mix​ ​and​ ​produce color​ ​variations​ ​that​ ​will​ ​add​ ​depth​ ​and​ ​excitement​ ​to​ ​their​ ​work.

Research​ ​of​ ​art​ ​movements​ ​and​ ​artists​ ​will​ ​enrich​ ​the​ ​learning experience.

Class:​​ ​Art​ ​Metals​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1106 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Design/Drawing Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Painting​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1108 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Drawing/Painting​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

This​ ​art​ ​class​ ​explores​ ​the​ ​amazing​ ​material​ ​of​ ​metal.​ ​Create numerous​ ​wearable​ ​art​ ​pieces​ ​including​ ​bracelets,​ ​rings,​ ​pendants, necklaces​ ​and/or​ ​more.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​design​ ​skills​ ​and learn​ ​basic​ ​metalsmithing​ ​techniques​ ​including​ ​cutting,​ ​piercing, filing,​ ​sanding​ ​and​ ​polishing.​ ​Advanced​ ​skills​ ​of​ ​soldering​ ​and stone​ ​setting​ ​will​ ​also​ ​be​ ​covered.​ ​You​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​same techniques​ ​that​ ​professional​ ​jewelers​ ​use.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​jewelry​ ​design,​ ​metalsmithing, goldsmithing,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​welding,​ ​industrial​ ​design​ ​and​ ​many more.

Refine​ ​your​ ​talent​ ​in​ ​this​ ​advanced​ ​level​ ​class.​ ​Students​ ​will explore​ ​various​ ​artistic​ ​styles​ ​and​ ​materials​ ​as​ ​they​ ​develop​ ​their portfolio​ ​of​ ​work.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​strengthen​ ​their​ ​understanding​ ​of color​ ​theory,​ ​value,​ ​space​ ​and​ ​strong​ ​compositional​ ​elements​ ​and apply​ ​them​ ​to​ ​their​ ​pieces.​ ​Research​ ​of​ ​art​ ​movements​ ​and​ ​artists will​ ​enrich​ ​the​ ​learning​ ​experience.

40

Class:​​ ​Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1109 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Design​ ​or​ ​Drawing Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Visual​ ​Communications Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1122 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I​ ​introduces​ ​students​ ​to​ ​printmaking techniques​ ​such​ ​as​ ​monotype,​ ​collagraph,​ ​relief​ ​and​ ​screen printing.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​using​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​art​ ​materials together​ ​in​ ​an​ ​artwork.​ ​Projects​ ​may​ ​incorporate​ ​painting, book-making,​ ​fibers,​ ​collage,​ ​printmaking,​ ​drawing,​ ​sculpture​ ​and found-objects.

Visual​ ​Communications​ ​is​ ​a​ ​career-oriented​ ​course​ ​that​ ​will introduce​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​creative​ ​industries​ ​in​ ​practical​ ​and commercial​ ​applications.​ ​This​ ​21st​ ​Century​ ​focused​ ​class​ ​will engage​ ​students​ ​in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​topics​ ​including​ ​graphic​ ​design, advertising,​ ​animation,​ ​film,​ ​industrial​ ​design,​ ​illustration,​ ​and commercial​ ​arts.​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​cross​ ​curricular​ ​studies​ ​will​ ​be integrated.​ ​Due​ ​to​ ​the​ ​personalized​ ​learning​ ​nature​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course,​ ​it may​ ​be​ ​repeated​ ​for​ ​credit​ ​(because​ ​students​ ​will​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​a specific​ ​topic​ ​for​ ​the​ ​9​ ​weeks)​ ​per​ ​instructor​ ​approval​ ​as​ ​each​ ​term may​ ​focus​ ​more​ ​deeply​ ​on​ ​a​ ​different​ ​21st​ ​Century​ ​topic.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​:​ ​graphic​ ​design,​ ​advertising animation,​ ​film,​ ​industrial​ ​design,​ ​illustration,​ ​and​ ​commercial arts.

Class:​​ ​Printmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1110 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ P ​ rintmaking​ ​+​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Class:​​ ​Yearbook​ ​Publishing​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Production Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1118A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1118B​ ​Alt​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year on​ ​alternating​ ​days) Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Journalism,​ ​Intro​ ​to Imaging,​ ​Design,​ ​or​ ​Consent​ ​of​ ​Instructor Weighted​:​ ​No

Printmaking​ ​and​ ​Mixed​ ​Media​ ​II​ ​is​ ​a​ ​more​ ​in-depth​ ​study​ ​of printmaking​ ​and​ ​art-making​ ​experiences.​ ​Printmaking​ ​is​ ​a synthesis​ ​of​ ​the​ ​material​ ​process​ ​and​ ​critical​ ​analysis​ ​of printmaking​ ​and​ ​design.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​investigates​ ​what​ ​it​ ​means​ ​to work​ ​in​ ​mixed​ ​media​ ​and​ ​where​ ​it​ ​is​ ​used​ ​in​ ​society​ ​at​ ​large.

Recommended​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​ ​:​ ​advertising,​ ​fashions​ ​design,​ ​graphic design,​ ​package​ ​design.​ ​textiles,​ ​illustration​ ​and​ ​many​ ​more.

The​ ​yearbook​ ​design​ ​and​ ​production​ ​course​ ​will​ ​teach​ ​the​ ​student layout​ ​and​ ​design,​ ​photography,​ ​desktop​ ​publishing,​ ​advertising, and​ ​journalism​ ​while​ ​providing​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​contribute​ ​to​ ​the production​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​yearbook.​ ​Attention​ ​is​ ​given​ ​to​ ​the integration​ ​of​ ​several​ ​curricular​ ​areas:​ ​art,​ ​through​ ​both​ ​design​ ​and photography;​ ​technology​ ​through​ ​desktop​ ​publishing,​ ​photo editing,​ ​design​ ​and​ ​layout​ ​software:​ ​social​ ​studies,​ ​through​ ​the study​ ​of​ ​the​ ​ethics​ ​of​ ​journalism:​ ​English,​ ​through​ ​the​ ​application of​ ​sound​ ​journalism​ ​and​ ​writing,​ ​and​ ​business,​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study of​ ​advertising.​ ​The​ ​students​ ​will​ ​make​ ​content​ ​and​ ​coverage decisions​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​fulfill​ ​the​ ​functions​ ​of​ ​a​ ​yearbook​ ​(history book,​ ​record​ ​book,​ ​picture​ ​book,​ ​memory​ ​book).

41

BUSINESS *These​ ​courses​ ​can​ ​apply​ ​toward​ ​practical/fine​ ​arts​ ​1.0​ ​credit​ ​requirement BUSINESS​ ​FOUNDATION​ ​COURSES Class:​​ ​Keyboarding​ ​&​ ​Digital​ ​Technologies Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1207 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Software​ ​Applications​ ​TC​ ​(Transcripted​ ​Credit) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1231 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Business Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1206 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​business​ ​topics​ ​so​ ​that​ ​they have​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​entrepreneurship,​ ​marketing, management,​ ​ethics,​ ​international​ ​business,​ ​basic​ ​economics, business​ ​law,​ ​business​ ​finance,​ ​and​ ​more.​ ​Technology​ ​will be​ ​used​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​to​ ​adequately​ ​prepare​ ​students for​ ​careers​ ​in​ ​the​ ​business​ ​world.

Class:​​ ​Notetaking​ ​and​ ​Study​ ​Skills Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1208 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Myth:​ ​students​ ​can​ ​type​ ​because​ ​they​ ​are​ ​on​ ​the​ ​computer​ ​all​ ​of​ ​the time.​ ​Not​ ​true!​ ​The​ ​touch​ ​method​ ​of​ ​Keyboarding​ ​is​ ​a​ ​skill​ ​learned through​ ​classroom​ ​practice​ ​and​ ​all​ ​students​ ​need​ ​this​ ​skill​ ​to​ ​save time​ ​and​ ​prepare​ ​for​ ​high​ ​school,​ ​college,​ ​and​ ​beyond.

Keyboarding​ ​is​ ​the​ ​most​ ​underrated​ ​skill​ ​in​ ​education​ ​and​ ​this class​ ​will​ ​help​ ​you​ ​gain​ ​a​ ​skill​ ​so​ ​you​ ​can​ ​increase​ ​your​ ​speed​ ​and accuracy.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​gain​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​digital citizenship​ ​and​ ​communication​ ​and​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​collaboration​ ​tools that​ ​will​ ​keep​ ​them​ ​on​ ​the​ ​forefront​ ​of​ ​technology.​ ​If​ ​your​ ​student is​ ​like​ ​most​ ​and​ ​keys​ ​while​ ​using​ ​a​ ​few​ ​fingers​ ​and​ ​looks​ ​at​ ​the​ ​key this​ ​class​ ​is​ ​a​ ​must.

Software​ ​Applications​ ​assists​ ​students​ ​in​ ​acquiring​ ​the​ ​knowledge and​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​use​ ​computers​ ​for​ ​personal​ ​and​ ​business applications.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​introduce​ ​students​ ​to​ ​advanced features​ ​of​ ​word​ ​processing,​ ​spreadsheet,​ ​database​ ​and​ ​desktop presentation​ ​software​ ​using​ ​Microsoft​ ​Office​ ​2007.​ ​The​ ​main emphasis​ ​will​ ​be​ ​using​ ​hands-on​ ​activities​ ​to​ ​become​ ​proficient​ ​in Word,​ ​Excel,​ ​Access​ ​and​ ​PowerPoint​ ​with​ ​corresponding instruction​ ​on​ ​the​ ​Internet.​ ​Transcripted​ ​credit​ ​at​ ​WCTC​ ​is​ ​also available​ ​and​ ​is​ ​transferable​ ​to​ ​some​ ​Wisconsin​ ​universities.

Want​ ​to​ ​study​ ​more​ ​effectively?​ ​Want​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​how​ ​to​ ​personalize your​ ​learning?​ ​Note​ ​Taking​ ​and​ ​Study​ ​Skills​ ​will​ ​help​ ​you​ ​take effective​ ​notes​ ​in​ ​all​ ​your​ ​classes​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​prepare​ ​you​ ​for college.​ ​Study​ ​skills​ ​such​ ​as​ ​time​ ​management,​ ​reading comprehension,​ ​and​ ​test​ ​taking​ ​strategies​ ​will​ ​help​ ​you​ ​to​ ​succeed in​ ​all​ ​courses.​ ​This​ ​class​ ​will​ ​help​ ​you​ ​now​ ​and​ ​prepare​ ​you​ ​for the​ ​future!

42

ACCOUNTING/FINANCE​ ​COURSES Class:​​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Accounting Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1205 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​is​ ​an​ ​important​ ​college​ ​preparatory​ ​course​ ​for​ ​students planning​ ​to​ ​major​ ​in​ ​any​ ​area​ ​of​ ​business.​ ​Accounting​ ​is​ ​the​ ​key​ ​to opening​ ​the​ ​door​ ​to​ ​the​ ​business​ ​world​ ​and​ ​that​ ​is​ ​why​ ​accounting is​ ​often​ ​called​ ​the​ ​“language​ ​of​ ​business.”​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​accounting is​ ​essential​ ​in​ ​many​ ​government​ ​occupations​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​being useful​ ​in​ ​comprehending​ ​one’s​ ​personal​ ​finances.​ ​Understanding how​ ​accounting​ ​data​ ​is​ ​accumulated​ ​through​ ​the​ ​double-entry procedure​ ​and​ ​how​ ​to​ ​use​ ​such​ ​data​ ​are​ ​important​ ​outcomes​ ​of​ ​the course.​ ​Accounting​ ​careers​ ​and​ ​becoming​ ​a​ ​CPA​ ​will​ ​also​ ​be discussed.

Class:​​ ​College​ ​Accounting​ ​(CAPP)​ ​(Transcripted​ ​Credit) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1230A​ ​&​ ​1230B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

College​ ​Accounting​ ​is​ ​a​ ​course​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​an understanding​ ​of​ ​basic​ ​accounting​ ​concepts​ ​and​ ​account​ ​for​ ​the transactions​ ​of​ ​a​ ​small​ ​business.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​work through​ ​the​ ​entire​ ​accounting​ ​cycle.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​offers​ ​students​ ​the opportunity​ ​to​ ​gain​ ​a​ ​college​ ​grade​ ​and​ ​college​ ​credit.​ ​The​ ​CAPP designation​ ​is​ ​an​ ​accredited​ ​program​ ​offered​ ​to​ ​high​ ​school students​ ​by​ ​Lakeland​ ​College.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​with​ ​or without​ ​CAPP​ ​or​ ​TC​ ​credit.

Class:​​ ​Personal​ ​Finance Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1209 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Do​ ​you​ ​plan​ ​to​ ​live​ ​on​ ​your​ ​own?​ ​Will​ ​you​ ​apply​ ​for​ ​a​ ​credit​ ​card or​ ​a​ ​car​ ​loan?​ ​Will​ ​you​ ​use​ ​a​ ​savings​ ​and​ ​checking​ ​account?

Financial​ ​literacy​ ​among​ ​teens​ ​has​ ​been​ ​recognized​ ​as​ ​a​ ​necessity.

Become​ ​financially​ ​literate​ ​by​ ​creating​ ​a​ ​budget,​ ​studying​ ​long and​ ​short​ ​term​ ​savings​ ​options,​ ​using​ ​credit​ ​wisely,​ ​exploring housing​ ​options,​ ​making​ ​wise​ ​automobile​ ​choices,​ ​buying insurance,​ ​and​ ​filing​ ​your​ ​personal​ ​income​ ​taxes.​ ​This​ ​is recommended​ ​as​ ​a​ ​MUST​ ​take​ ​course.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​meets​ ​the graduation​ ​requirement​ ​for​ ​Financial​ ​Literacy​ ​required​ ​for​ ​all students​ ​beginning​ ​with​ ​the​ ​graduating​ ​class​ ​of​ ​2019.

Class:​​ ​Financial​ ​Management​ ​&​ ​Investing​ ​(CAPP) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1211 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Topics​ ​include:​ ​budgeting,​ ​use​ ​of​ ​credit,​ ​automobile​ ​and consumer​ ​durables,​ ​insurance,​ ​the​ ​housing​ ​decision,​ ​taxes, retirement​ ​planning,​ ​estate​ ​transfer​ ​and​ ​investments.​ ​Each​ ​subject is​ ​analyzed​ ​within​ ​the​ ​context​ ​of​ ​a​ ​comprehensive​ ​framework​ ​of personal​ ​financial​ ​planning.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​can​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​for​ ​dual credit​ ​with​ ​UW-Oshkosh​ ​as​ ​a​ ​general​ ​business​ ​elective​ ​for​ ​Junior and​ ​Senior​ ​students​ ​only​​ ​(this​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​with​ ​or without​ ​CAPP).​ ​This​ ​course​ ​ ​meets​ ​the​ ​graduation​ ​requirement​ ​for Financial​ ​Literacy​ ​required​ ​for​ ​all​ ​students​ ​beginning​ ​with​ ​the graduating​ ​class​ ​of​ ​2019.

MANAGEMENT​ ​COURSES Class:​​ ​Entrepreneurship Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1203 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

If​ ​you​ ​are​ ​one​ ​of​ ​the​ ​seventy​ ​percent​ ​of​ ​all​ ​high​ ​school​ ​students that​ ​say​ ​they​ ​want​ ​to​ ​start​ ​their​ ​own​ ​business,​ ​this​ ​is​ ​the​ ​class​ ​for you!​ ​Develop​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​needed​ ​to​ ​effectively​ ​organize,​ ​develop, create,​ ​and​ ​manage​ ​your​ ​own​ ​business.​ ​You​ ​will​ ​apply​ ​your marketing​ ​and​ ​entrepreneurial​ ​skills​ ​as​ ​you​ ​go​ ​step-by-step through​ ​the​ ​entire​ ​process​ ​of​ ​developing​ ​a​ ​written​ ​business​ ​plan for​ ​the​ ​business​ ​of​ ​your​ ​choice.​ ​Take​ ​a​ ​risk​ ​and​ ​enroll​ ​in​ ​this​ ​class.

Class:​​ ​Business​ ​Law Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1201 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Gain​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​how​ ​Business​ ​Law​ ​relates​ ​to​ ​everyday life​ ​and​ ​business.​ ​Exciting​ ​units​ ​include​ ​ethics,​ ​property​ ​laws, employment​ ​laws,​ ​contracts,​ ​criminal​ ​and​ ​civil​ ​law,​ ​consumer law,​ ​insurance​ ​laws,​ ​and​ ​more.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​participate​ ​in mock​ ​trials​ ​where​ ​they​ ​will​ ​play​ ​the​ ​roles​ ​of​ ​attorneys​ ​and​ ​jury members​ ​in​ ​real​ ​world​ ​cases.

43

Class:​​ ​Business​ ​Management Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1204 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​management​ ​and​ ​leadership​ ​skills​ ​that​ ​span​ ​across​ ​all​ ​functions​ ​of​ ​a​ ​business.​ ​Current​ ​business​ ​topics​ ​and​ ​events​ ​will play​ ​a​ ​role​ ​in​ ​learning​ ​how​ ​the​ ​role​ ​of​ ​a​ ​manager​ ​continues​ ​to​ ​evolve.​ ​In​ ​this​ ​class​ ​you​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​how​ ​to​ ​plan,​ ​organize​ ​and​ ​implement various​ ​management​ ​strategies​ ​and​ ​techniques​ ​to​ ​be​ ​successful​ ​in​ ​business.​ ​Technology​ ​will​ ​be​ ​used​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​to adequately​ ​prepare​ ​students​ ​for​ ​careers​ ​in​ ​the​ ​business​ ​world.

MARKETING​ ​COURSES Class:​​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Marketing Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1212 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Did​ ​you​ ​know​ ​the​ ​average​ ​person​ ​sees​ ​5,000​ ​ads​ ​per​ ​day?​ ​Do​ ​you know​ ​why?​ ​Students​ ​in​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Marketing​ ​will​ ​gain​ ​a​ ​basic understanding​ ​of​ ​what​ ​marketing​ ​is,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​selling,​ ​pricing, advertising​ ​and​ ​public​ ​relations.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​these​ ​concepts through​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​high-energy​ ​methods​ ​such​ ​as​ ​projects,​ ​videos, activities,​ ​and​ ​traditional​ ​classroom​ ​instruction.​ ​Introduction​ ​to Marketing​ ​gives​ ​students​ ​the​ ​unique​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​exercise​ ​their teamwork,​ ​creativity​ ​and​ ​business​ ​skills.

Class:​​ ​Sports​ ​&​ ​Entertainment​ ​Marketing Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1210 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​hands​ ​on​ ​course​ ​allows​ ​students​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​apply​ ​the principles​ ​of​ ​marketing​ ​through​ ​the​ ​Sports​ ​&​ ​Entertainment Industry.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​create​ ​a​ ​marketing​ ​plan​ ​including​ ​ticket pricing​ ​&​ ​promotions,​ ​merchandising,​ ​product​ ​design,​ ​event marketing,​ ​corporate​ ​sponsorships,​ ​advertising,​ ​and​ ​more.​ ​Career opportunities​ ​as​ ​they​ ​relate​ ​to​ ​the​ ​Sports​ ​&​ ​Entertainment Industry​ ​will​ ​be​ ​discussed.​ ​Enrichment​ ​activities​ ​for​ ​this​ ​course include​ ​a​ ​field​ ​trip​ ​to​ ​a​ ​professional​ ​sports​ ​facility​ ​such​ ​as​ ​Miller Park​ ​or​ ​Lambeau​ ​Field.

CAPSTONE​ ​COURSES Class:​​ ​Business​ ​Leadership​ ​(Level​ ​I) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1234A​ ​&​ ​1234B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Must​ ​have​ ​taken,​ ​be​ ​currently​ ​enrolled​ ​in,​ ​or​ ​be​ ​scheduled​ ​to​ ​take​ ​(in​ ​the​ ​academic​ ​year) one​ ​of​ ​the​ ​following:​ ​Entrepreneurship,​ ​Business​ ​Management,​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Marketing,​ ​Financial​ ​Management​ ​& Investing,​ ​Sports​ ​&​ ​Entertainment​ ​Marketing,​ ​Business​ ​Law,​ ​or​ ​Accounting Weighted​:​ ​No

Students​ ​enrolled​ ​in​ ​Business​ ​Leadership/DECA​ ​will​ ​be​ ​able​ ​to​ ​choose​ ​from​ ​four​ ​industry​ ​specific​ ​areas​ ​(Marketing,​ ​Management, Hospitality,​ ​Finance).​ ​Within​ ​their​ ​chosen​ ​industry,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​find​ ​solutions​ ​to​ ​business​ ​scenarios,​ ​complete​ ​projects​ ​such​ ​as​ ​business plans​ ​or​ ​operations​ ​research,​ ​apply​ ​knowledge​ ​from​ ​working​ ​in​ ​the​ ​school​ ​store,​ ​and​ ​compete​ ​within​ ​our​ ​co-curricular​ ​DECA​ ​program.

Business​ ​Leadership/DECA​ ​is​ ​for​ ​self-motivated​ ​students​ ​who​ ​can​ ​work​ ​independently.

44

COMPUTER​ ​SCIENCE

Class:​​ ​Advanced​ ​Game​ ​Development​ ​and​ ​Computer​ ​Science Topics Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1242 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Computer Science​ ​and​ ​Game​ ​Development Weighted​:​ ​No In​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​basics​ ​of​ ​object​ ​oriented computer​ ​programming​ ​and​ ​explore​ ​several​ ​advanced​ ​topics​ ​in game​ ​development.​ ​Major​ ​emphasis​ ​will​ ​be​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​logical reasoning,​ ​object​ ​oriented​ ​programming​ ​techniques,​ ​advanced game​ ​development,​ ​and​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​skills.​ ​Students​ ​will design​ ​and​ ​write​ ​several​ ​computer​ ​programs​ ​incorporating​ ​the following​ ​computer​ ​programming​ ​topics:​ ​memory​ ​usage,​ ​decision structures,​ ​looping,​ ​object​ ​design,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​interaction​ ​of​ ​objects.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​A Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1260A​ ​&​ ​1260B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​(concurrent)​ ​or consent​ ​of​ ​instructor Weighted​:​ ​Yes

In​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​write​ ​computer​ ​programs​ ​in the​ ​JAVA​ ​programming​ ​language.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​will​ ​provide students​ ​with​ ​a​ ​conceptual​ ​background​ ​in​ ​computing​ ​and​ ​computer science.​ ​Major​ ​emphasis​ ​will​ ​be​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​sequential​ ​processing, algorithm​ ​design,​ ​various​ ​testing​ ​methods,​ ​logical​ ​reasoning​ ​and problem​ ​solving​ ​techniques.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​follows​ ​the​ ​syllabus recommended​ ​by​ ​the​ ​College​ ​Board​ ​to​ ​qualify​ ​a​ ​student​ ​for​ ​the Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​A​ ​examination.

45

Class:​​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​and​ ​Game Development Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1241 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

In​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​basics​ ​of​ ​computer programming​ ​and​ ​game​ ​development.​ ​Major​ ​emphasis​ ​will​ ​be placed​ ​on​ ​logical​ ​reasoning,​ ​elementary​ ​programming​ ​techniques, basics​ ​of​ ​game​ ​development,​ ​and​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​skills.​ ​Students will​ ​design​ ​and​ ​write​ ​several​ ​computer​ ​programs​ ​incorporating​ ​the following​ ​computer​ ​programming​ ​topics:​ ​memory​ ​usage,​ ​decision structures,​ ​looping,​ ​object​ ​design,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​interaction​ ​of​ ​objects.

Class:​​ ​Web​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Mobile​ ​Applications Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1240 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​introduce​ ​students​ ​to​ ​concepts​ ​and​ ​design techniques​ ​for​ ​constructing​ ​professional​ ​looking​ ​Web​ ​pages.

Students​ ​will​ ​use​ ​a​ ​combination​ ​of​ ​HTML​ ​programming,​ ​web page​ ​design,​ ​graphic​ ​manipulation,​ ​and​ ​audio-visual​ ​editing software,​ ​to​ ​create​ ​multiple​ ​Web​ ​Pages.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​explore the​ ​topic​ ​of​ ​mobile​ ​applications.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​be​ ​responsible​ ​for​ ​the research,​ ​design,​ ​problem​ ​solving,​ ​and​ ​coding​ ​required​ ​to​ ​create original​ ​mobile​ ​applications.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​Principles Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1261 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​(may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​prior​ ​to​ ​or​ ​concurrently)​ ​Web​ ​Design​ ​and​ ​Mobile​ ​Applications​ ​or​ ​Introduction​ ​to Computer​ ​Science​ ​and​ ​Game​ ​Development,​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​A

Weighted​:Yes

The​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​Computer​ ​Science​ ​Principles​ ​course​ ​provides​ ​students​ ​with​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​computational​ ​thinking skills,​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the​ ​real-world​ ​impact​ ​of​ ​computing,​ ​and​ ​programming​ ​literacy.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​exposes​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​breadth and​ ​relevance​ ​of​ ​computer​ ​science​ ​across​ ​many​ ​fields​ ​of​ ​study​ ​that​ ​incorporate​ ​computer​ ​science​ ​knowledge.​ ​A​ ​strong​ ​focus​ ​on creativity​ ​as​ ​it​ ​applies​ ​to​ ​the​ ​creation​ ​of​ ​computational​ ​artifacts​ ​allows​ ​a​ ​broader​ ​range​ ​of​ ​students​ ​to​ ​discover​ ​where​ ​computer​ ​science could​ ​fit​ ​in​ ​their​ ​lives,​ ​and​ ​it​ ​prepares​ ​more​ ​students​ ​for​ ​success​ ​in​ ​computer​ ​science​ ​and​ ​other​ ​related​ ​STEM​ ​fields.

46

DRIVERS​ ​EDUCATION Class:​​ ​Drivers​ ​Education Course​ ​Number​:​ ​8250A,​ ​8250B,​ ​8250C,​ ​8250D Credit​:​ ​No​ ​credit Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No United​ ​Driving​ ​School​ ​has​ ​contracted​ ​with​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook​ ​to​ ​offer​ ​Driver​ ​Education​ ​courses​ ​during​ ​the school​ ​day.​ ​Driver​ ​Education​ ​is​ ​offered​ ​during​ ​a​ ​student’s​ ​study​ ​hall​ ​and​ ​consists​ ​of​ ​10​ ​days​ ​of​ ​classroom​ ​instruction​ ​and an​ ​additional​ ​20​ ​hours​ ​of​ ​online​ ​instruction.​ ​In​ ​addition​ ​to​ ​registering​ ​for​ ​Driver​ ​Education​ ​with​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of Elmbrook,​ ​students/families​ ​must​ ​also​ ​formally​ ​register​ ​with​ ​United​ ​Driving​ ​School​ ​at​​ ​www.uniteddrivingschoolwi.com​.

United​ ​Driving​ ​will​ ​invoice​ ​students​ ​directly.

47

ENGLISH​ ​LANGUAGE​ ​ARTS

4​ ​credits​ ​are​ ​required​ ​for​ ​graduation​ ​and​ ​must​ ​include:​ ​English​ ​9​ ​or​ ​Honors​ ​(1​ ​credit);​ ​English​ ​10​ ​or​ ​Honors​ ​(1 credit);​ ​English​ ​11​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Language​ ​&​ ​Composition​ ​(1​ ​credit);​ ​2​ ​English​ ​Electives(0.5​ ​credit) Class:​​ ​Creative​ ​Writing Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1315 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​English​ ​9 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1302A​ ​&​ ​1302B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Drama​ ​as​ ​Literature Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1316 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​English​ ​9 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1303A​ ​&​ ​1303B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Teacher​ ​recommendation Weighted​:​ ​No

In​ ​Creative​ ​Writing​ ​students​ ​learn​ ​how​ ​to​ ​communicate​ ​personal experience​ ​and​ ​observation​ ​through​ ​various​ ​genres,​ ​possibly including​ ​memoirs,​ ​short​ ​stories,​ ​children’s​ ​stories,​ ​and​ ​poetry.

Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​expected​ ​to​ ​try​ ​all​ ​the​ ​various​ ​genres​ ​and​ ​to evaluate​ ​both​ ​their​ ​own​ ​and​ ​their​ ​classmates’​ ​writings.​ ​Grammar, mechanics,​ ​and​ ​revisions​ ​are​ ​stressed​ ​insofar​ ​as​ ​they​ ​are​ ​necessary for​ ​clear,​ ​concise,​ ​effective​ ​writing.

Drama​ ​as​ ​Literature​ ​is​ ​a​ ​study​ ​of​ ​dramatic​ ​literature​ ​(plays)​ ​from the​ ​early​ ​Greek​ ​and​ ​Roman​ ​inventors​ ​to​ ​recent​ ​European​ ​and American​ ​dramatists.​ ​Possible​ ​readings:​ ​Antigone,​ ​Medea, Everyman,​ ​Othello,​ ​modern​ ​plays​ ​by​ ​Tennessee​ ​Williams,​ ​Arthur Miller,​ ​Henrik​ ​Ibsen,​ ​Anton​ ​Chekhov,​ ​and​ ​an​ ​American​ ​musical.

Written​ ​assignments​ ​delve​ ​into​ ​specific​ ​plays​ ​regarding characterization,​ ​specific​ ​dialogue,​ ​author’s​ ​theme​ ​or​ ​purpose,​ ​and historical​ ​relevance.​ ​Movies​ ​and​ ​DVD’s​ ​are​ ​used.​ ​Students​ ​should be​ ​willing​ ​to​ ​act​ ​and/or​ ​participate​ ​in​ ​class.

Class:​​ ​Dystopian​ ​and​ ​Utopian​ ​Literature Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1362 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Humans​ ​have​ ​always​ ​sought​ ​ways​ ​to​ ​organize​ ​themselves​ ​into mutually​ ​beneficial​ ​groups.​ ​Some​ ​brave​ ​souls​ ​have​ ​proposed visions​ ​for​ ​perfectly​ ​organized​ ​societies.​ ​More​ ​recently,​ ​writers have​ ​taken​ ​a​ ​somewhat​ ​darker​ ​view,​ ​and​ ​portrayed​ ​societies​ ​that are​ ​failed​ ​utopias.​ ​Studying​ ​these​ ​works​ ​can​ ​teach​ ​us​ ​much​ ​about what​ ​we​ ​value​ ​in​ ​a​ ​society​ ​and​ ​in​ ​each​ ​other.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will include​ ​the​ ​exploration​ ​of​ ​essays,​ ​poems,​ ​short​ ​stories,​ ​non-fiction texts,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​novel​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​music​ ​and​ ​art.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be involved​ ​in​ ​active,​ ​hands-on​ ​learning​ ​aimed​ ​at​ ​analyzing​ ​the​ ​role of​ ​individuals,​ ​groups,​ ​and​ ​rules​ ​in​ ​society.

In​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​listening,​ ​speaking,​ ​and​ ​writing​ ​skills​ ​are​ ​stressed, including​ ​vocabulary​ ​development,​ ​and​ ​grammar​ ​skills.​ ​Literature is​ ​studied​ ​either​ ​by​ ​genre​ ​or​ ​theme​ ​to​ ​include​ ​the​ ​novel,​ ​short story,​ ​drama,​ ​and​ ​nonfiction.​ ​Author​ ​studies​ ​may​ ​include Shakespeare,​ ​Harper​ ​Lee,​ ​and​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​contemporary​ ​works.

Students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​literary​ ​genres​ ​in​ ​thematic​ ​units aligned​ ​with​ ​rigorous​ ​college​ ​and​ ​career​ ​readiness​ ​standards.

Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​vocabulary​ ​and​ ​apply​ ​effective​ ​reading strategies​ ​to​ ​a​ ​wide​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​literary​ ​and​ ​informational​ ​texts:​ ​to learn​ ​characteristics​ ​of​ ​literary​ ​genres​ ​including​ ​the​ ​novel,​ ​short story,​ ​poetry,​ ​drama,​ ​and​ ​nonfiction:​ ​to​ ​establish​ ​the​ ​foundation​ ​of effective​ ​writing​ ​and​ ​research​ ​habits.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​asked​ ​to continually​ ​reflect​ ​and​ ​refine​ ​literacy​ ​and​ ​language​ ​skills​ ​through reading,​ ​writing,​ ​listening,​ ​and​ ​speaking.​ ​Honors​ ​students​ ​are​ ​able to​ ​make​ ​inferences​ ​and​ ​deal​ ​with​ ​ambiguity.​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​honors students​ ​move​ ​through​ ​the​ ​curriculum​ ​at​ ​a​ ​faster​ ​pace​ ​while focusing​ ​on​ ​more​ ​complex​ ​tests​ ​and​ ​writing​ ​more​ ​in-depth​ ​critical analyses​ ​of​ ​them.​ ​They​ ​are​ ​expected​ ​to​ ​read​ ​independently​ ​and​ ​to write​ ​both​ ​on-demand​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​processed​ ​multi-paragraph essays.​ ​Honors​ ​students​ ​are​ ​able​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​not​ ​only​ ​written​ ​but also​ ​verbal​ ​arguments​ ​and​ ​support​ ​them​ ​with​ ​valid​ ​evidence​ ​from texts​ ​and/or​ ​personal​ ​experiences.

48

Class:​​ ​English​ ​10 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1330A​ ​&​ ​1330B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9:​ ​Honors/Regular Weighted​:​ ​No

Students​ ​will​ ​have​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​read​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​fiction​ ​and nonfiction​ ​texts​ ​and​ ​will​ ​be​ ​encouraged​ ​to​ ​connect​ ​their​ ​reading​ ​to themselves,​ ​other​ ​content​ ​disciplines​ ​areas,​ ​other​ ​fiction​ ​and nonfiction​ ​texts,​ ​and​ ​ultimately​ ​to​ ​their​ ​larger​ ​global​ ​community.

In​ ​addition,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​different​ ​essay​ ​modes including​ ​argumentative,​ ​persuasive,​ ​analytical,​ ​reader​ ​response, narrative,​ ​expository,​ ​and​ ​research​ ​writing.

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​English​ ​10 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1331A​ ​&​ ​1331B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9:​ ​Honors/Regular Weighted​:​ ​No Honors​ ​students​ ​will​ ​participate​ ​in​ ​a​ ​more​ ​in-depth​ ​study​ ​of rhetorical​ ​analysis​ ​and​ ​argumentation.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​be​ ​expected​ ​to look​ ​at​ ​all​ ​texts​ ​with​ ​a​ ​critical​ ​lens​ ​focusing​ ​on​ ​an​ ​author’s​ ​choice of​ ​language​ ​to​ ​determine​ ​the​ ​effectiveness,​ ​relevance,​ ​and reasoning​ ​of​ ​the​ ​argument.​ ​Honors​ ​students​ ​will​ ​concentrate​ ​on using​ ​their​ ​in-depth​ ​study​ ​of​ ​rhetorical​ ​analysis​ ​to​ ​produce​ ​welldeveloped​ ​written​ ​and​ ​verbal​ ​arguments,​ ​and​ ​students​ ​will​ ​move through​ ​the​ ​curriculum​ ​at​ ​a​ ​more​ ​rigorous​ ​pace​ ​while​ ​focusing​ ​on more​ ​complex​ ​text​ ​and​ ​writing​ ​more​ ​in-depth​ ​critical​ ​analyses​ ​of them.

Class:​​ ​English​ ​11 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1333A​ ​&​ ​1333B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​English​ ​Language​ ​and​ ​Composition Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1361A​ ​&​ ​1361B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Successful​ ​completion​ ​of English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​Yes

This​ ​two-term​ ​course,​ ​which​ ​may​ ​qualify​ ​for​ ​college​ ​credit,​ ​is designed​ ​to​ ​prepare​ ​students​ ​for​ ​college​ ​writing​ ​and​ ​the​ ​AP Language​ ​and​ ​Composition​ ​test.​ ​The​ ​purpose​ ​of​ ​AP​ ​Language​ ​and Composition​ ​is​ ​to​ ​improve​ ​students’​ ​proficiency​ ​with​ ​advanced content,​ ​skills,​ ​and​ ​processes​ ​through​ ​rhetorical​ ​analysis​ ​of nonfiction​ ​and​ ​fiction​ ​genres,​ ​composition​ ​of​ ​research-based essays,​ ​and​ ​argumentation.​ ​The​ ​overarching​ ​purpose​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course is​ ​to​ ​enable​ ​students​ ​to​ ​write​ ​effectively​ ​and​ ​confidently​ ​in​ ​their college​ ​courses​ ​across​ ​the​ ​curriculum​ ​and​ ​in​ ​their​ ​personal​ ​and professional​ ​lives.​ ​Active​ ​participation​ ​in​ ​class​ ​discussion​ ​is expected.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​recommended​ ​at​ ​the​ ​junior​ ​level.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​English​ ​Literature​ ​and​ ​Composition Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1360A​ ​&​ ​1360B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​10​ ​and​ ​English​ ​11.

Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​English​ ​Language​ ​and​ ​Composition​ ​is strongly​ ​recommended.

Weighted​:​ ​Yes

In​ ​addition​ ​to​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​challenging​ ​literature,​ ​composition​ ​is​ ​an integral​ ​part​ ​of​ ​this​ ​course.​ ​AP​ ​English​ ​Literature​ ​and Composition​ ​is​ ​a​ ​rigorous​ ​college​ ​level​ ​course,​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​help prepares​ ​students​ ​for​ ​an​ ​A.P.​ ​test,​ ​which​ ​may​ ​qualify​ ​them​ ​for college​ ​credit.​ ​Short-term​ ​goals​ ​include​ ​understanding​ ​the​ ​skills and​ ​strategies​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​score​ ​well​ ​on​ ​the​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement test.​ ​Long-term​ ​goals​ ​including​ ​enabling​ ​students​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​at​ ​a​ ​rate commensurate​ ​with​ ​their​ ​ability:​ ​to​ ​deal​ ​with​ ​material​ ​that intellectually​ ​mature​ ​students​ ​find​ ​engaging:​ ​to​ ​refine​ ​reading​ ​and writing​ ​skills​ ​important​ ​for​ ​success,​ ​not​ ​only​ ​in​ ​college​ ​but​ ​also​ ​in the​ ​business​ ​and​ ​professional​ ​world:​ ​and​ ​to​ ​cultivate​ ​habits​ ​of reading,​ ​writing​ ​skills​ ​important​ ​for​ ​success,​ ​not​ ​only​ ​in​ ​college but​ ​also​ ​in​ ​the​ ​business​ ​and​ ​professional​ ​world:​ ​and​ ​to​ ​cultivate habits​ ​of​ ​reading,​ ​writing,​ ​and​ ​thinking​ ​that​ ​characterize​ ​life-long learning​ ​and​ ​enjoyment.​ ​Active​ ​participation​ ​in​ ​class​ ​discussion​ ​is expected.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​count​ ​as​ ​a​ ​literature​ ​and​ ​writing​ ​credit.

In​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​required​ ​of​ ​any​ ​11th​ ​grade​ ​student​ ​not​ ​taking Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​English​ ​Language​ ​and​ ​Composition,​ ​students will​ ​read,​ ​respond​ ​to,​ ​and​ ​reflect​ ​upon​ ​rigorous​ ​literature​ ​and nonfiction​ ​texts​ ​as​ ​they​ ​explore​ ​various​ ​facets​ ​of​ ​American​ ​society, including​ ​the​ ​concept​ ​of​ ​the​ ​American​ ​Dream,​ ​and​ ​issues surrounding​ ​our​ ​understandings​ ​of​ ​freedom​ ​and​ ​democracy.

Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​read​ ​literature​ ​framing​ ​both​ ​past​ ​and​ ​present thinking​ ​regarding​ ​our​ ​technological​ ​future.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​engage in​ ​various​ ​types​ ​of​ ​composition​ ​including​ ​literary​ ​analysis, expository​ ​writings,​ ​and​ ​a​ ​research​ ​project.

49

Class:​​ ​Literature:​ ​Giants​ ​in​ ​Time Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1363 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11​ ​-​ ​12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Literature​ ​in​ ​Film Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1365 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​The​ ​Graphic​ ​Novel Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1364 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Oral​ ​Interpretation,​ ​Acting​ ​&​ ​Directing Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1324 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​10​ ​Speech Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Writing​ ​for​ ​Publication Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1319 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Public​ ​Speaking Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1325 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​course​ ​examines​ ​some​ ​of​ ​the​ ​major​ ​allusions​ ​in​ ​literature​ ​that every​ ​high​ ​school​ ​senior​ ​should​ ​understand​ ​and​ ​appreciate.​ ​The allusions​ ​mainly​ ​come​ ​from​ ​three​ ​sources:​ ​classical​ ​mythology,​ ​the Bible,​ ​and​ ​Shakespeare,​ ​although​ ​other​ ​sources​ ​(history​ ​and​ ​art) may​ ​be​ ​examined.​ ​Loosely​ ​based​ ​on​ ​Northrop​ ​Frye’s​ ​framework for​ ​studying​ ​the​ ​language​ ​of​ ​literature,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​explores​ ​the motive​ ​for​ ​metaphor​ ​-​ ​how​ ​and​ ​why​ ​literature​ ​uses​ ​figurative language​ ​-​ ​while​ ​searching​ ​for​ ​the​ ​keys​ ​to​ ​dreamland:​ ​what literature​ ​offers​ ​to​ ​readers​ ​that​ ​other​ ​forms​ ​of​ ​writing​ ​don’t.​ ​In short,​ ​since​ ​literature​ ​educates​ ​our​ ​imaginations,​ ​as​ ​we​ ​read​ ​and build​ ​our​ ​castle​ ​of​ ​words,​ ​we​ ​need​ ​a​ ​way​ ​to​ ​view​ ​new​ ​readings​ ​in light​ ​of​ ​all​ ​of​ ​the​ ​other​ ​literature​ ​we​ ​have​ ​read.

Students​ ​will​ ​understand​ ​and​ ​write​ ​about​ ​the​ ​graphic​ ​novel​ ​as​ ​both a​ ​rich​ ​source​ ​of​ ​literature​ ​and​ ​a​ ​cutting-edge​ ​graphic​ ​art​ ​form​ ​that reflects​ ​and​ ​drives​ ​the​ ​modern​ ​human​ ​condition.​ ​Students​ ​will investigate​ ​the​ ​convergence​ ​of​ ​literacy​ ​and​ ​creativity​ ​as​ ​they explore​ ​the​ ​social​ ​development​ ​and​ ​personal​ ​identity​ ​of​ ​characters.

A​ ​major​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course​ ​will​ ​be​ ​online​ ​discussion​ ​and​ ​activities.

As​ ​an​ ​integral​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​complete​ ​argumentative, analytical,​ ​comparative,​ ​and​ ​creative​ ​writings.

Students​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​write​ ​for​ ​newspapers​ ​and​ ​news​ ​magazines.​ ​There are​ ​extensive​ ​writing​ ​assignments​ ​in​ ​each​ ​of​ ​three​ ​major​ ​areas: news,​ ​feature​ ​and​ ​opinion.​ ​Sports​ ​and​ ​Photojournalism​ ​units​ ​may also​ ​be​ ​incorporated,​ ​if​ ​time​ ​allows.​ ​Each​ ​of​ ​these​ ​areas emphasizes​ ​style​ ​for​ ​journalists,​ ​interviewing​ ​techniques, investigative​ ​methods,​ ​critical​ ​thinking​ ​and​ ​evaluation​ ​of information,​ ​ethics,​ ​and​ ​law​ ​of​ ​libel.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​write both​ ​objectively​ ​and​ ​subjectively​ ​and​ ​make​ ​decisions​ ​on​ ​when each​ ​is​ ​appropriate.​ ​Some​ ​basics​ ​in​ ​newspaper​ ​design​ ​are​ ​taught: however,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​is​ ​primarily​ ​a​ ​writing​ ​workshop.​ ​Students have​ ​an​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​work​ ​on​ ​the​ ​school​ ​newspaper;​ ​however, the​ ​school​ ​paper​ ​is​ ​considered​ ​a​ ​separate​ ​co-curricular​ ​activity.

Active​ ​participation​ ​is​ ​expected​ ​during​ ​the​ ​class​ ​discussion.​ ​*Note: This​ ​course​ ​can​ ​fulfill​ ​writing​ ​requirement.

Students​ ​gain​ ​appreciation​ ​and​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​literature​ ​through examining​ ​and​ ​analyzing​ ​film.​ ​Literature​ ​in​ ​Film​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to fuse​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​literary​ ​texts​ ​and​ ​film,​ ​encouraging​ ​students​ ​to make​ ​connections​ ​between​ ​literary​ ​and​ ​film​ ​techniques.​ ​The course​ ​will​ ​help​ ​students​ ​develop​ ​and​ ​analytical​ ​skills:​ ​it​ ​will​ ​also provide​ ​creative​ ​outlets​ ​for​ ​students​ ​to​ ​express​ ​their interpretations​ ​and​ ​insights.​ ​As​ ​an​ ​integral​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course, students​ ​complete​ ​argumentative,​ ​analytical,​ ​comparative,​ ​and creative​ ​writings.

Oral​ ​Interpretation,​ ​Acting,​ ​and​ ​Directing​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​enable the​ ​students​ ​to​ ​portray​ ​ideas​ ​and​ ​feelings​ ​through​ ​the​ ​use​ ​of​ ​the voice,​ ​body,​ ​and​ ​language​ ​and​ ​to​ ​understand​ ​some​ ​of​ ​the mechanics​ ​of​ ​play​ ​production,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​to​ ​produce​ ​plays​ ​in​ ​class.

Activities​ ​include​ ​mimes,​ ​improvisation,​ ​comedy​ ​sports, monologues,​ ​theater​ ​critiques,​ ​scene​ ​work,​ ​and​ ​field​ ​trip​ ​to​ ​a professional​ ​theater​ ​(optional).​ ​*This​ ​is​ ​not​ ​a​ ​literature​ ​elective. *This​ ​course​ ​in​ ​not​ ​NCAA​ ​approved​ ​and/or​ ​may​ ​not​ ​be approved​ ​by​ ​one​ ​or​ ​more​ ​college​ ​admissions.

Public​ ​Speaking​ ​students​ ​will​ ​gain​ ​experience​ ​with​ ​the​ ​principles and​ ​application​ ​of​ ​effective​ ​communication​ ​for​ ​diverse​ ​audiences in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​settings​ ​in​ ​preparation​ ​for​ ​post-secondary​ ​education and​ ​the​ ​workplace.​ ​Topics​ ​may​ ​include,​ ​but​ ​are​ ​not​ ​limited​ ​to,​ ​the following:​ ​informational,​ ​persuasive,​ ​demonstrative​ ​and impromptu​ ​speeches,​ ​group​ ​dynamics,​ ​podcasting,​ ​presentation technology,​ ​job​ ​interviews,​ ​and​ ​interpersonal​ ​communication skills.

50

Class:​​ ​Real​ ​Lives:​ ​Memoir/Autobiography Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1336 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Stagecraft:​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Theater Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1327 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-10 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Senior​ ​Literature​ ​Seminar Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1367 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​English​ ​9,​ ​English​ ​10, English​ ​11​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Literature​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Language​ ​&​ ​Composition Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Writing​ ​for​ ​College Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1326 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Students​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​identify​ ​personal​ ​and​ ​author claims​ ​of​ ​truth​ ​in​ ​autobiographies,​ ​biographies,​ ​and​ ​memoirs​ ​and evaluate​ ​the​ ​merits​ ​of​ ​classic​ ​and​ ​contemporary​ ​stories​ ​of​ ​the​ ​lives of​ ​the​ ​famous​ ​and​ ​not​ ​so​ ​famous.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​come​ ​to​ ​appreciate the​ ​impact​ ​of​ ​life​ ​stories​ ​on​ ​the​ ​individual​ ​reader​ ​and​ ​the​ ​role​ ​they play​ ​in​ ​shaping​ ​our​ ​society.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​examine​ ​how technology​ ​has​ ​changed​ ​the​ ​ways​ ​we​ ​chronicle​ ​our​ ​lives.​ ​As​ ​an integral​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​complete​ ​argumentative, analytical,​ ​comparative,​ ​and​ ​creative​ ​writings.

Designed​ ​exclusively​ ​for​ ​12th​ ​grade​ ​students​ ​looking​ ​to​ ​exercise more​ ​control​ ​over​ ​the​ ​literature​ ​they​ ​read​ ​in​ ​class,​ ​Senior Literature​ ​Seminar​ ​is​ ​built​ ​around​ ​the​ ​popular​ ​model​ ​of​ ​literature circles,​ ​more​ ​commonly​ ​referred​ ​to​ ​as​ ​book​ ​clubs.​ ​Select,​ ​read, discuss,​ ​analyze​ ​and​ ​present​ ​the​ ​books​ ​YOU​ ​want​ ​to​ ​read​ ​while you​ ​work​ ​collaboratively​ ​with​ ​other​ ​members​ ​of​ ​the​ ​class.

Students​ ​will​ ​maintain​ ​a​ ​portfolio​ ​that​ ​documents​ ​reflections, thoughts​ ​and​ ​applications​ ​of​ ​literary​ ​analysis,​ ​character​ ​studies​ ​and examination​ ​of​ ​pot​ ​structure.​ ​As​ ​an​ ​integral​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course, students​ ​complete​ ​argumentative,​ ​analytical,​ ​comparative,​ ​and creative​ ​writings.

Stagecraft​ ​emphasizes​ ​learning​ ​about​ ​and​ ​executing​ ​the​ ​technical aspects​ ​of​ ​the​ ​theater.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​seeks​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​the​ ​student’s understanding​ ​of​ ​established​ ​standards​ ​in​ ​the​ ​technical​ ​areas​ ​of play​ ​production.​ ​Using​ ​hands-on​ ​learning​ ​activities,​ ​students​ ​will design​ ​a​ ​set:​ ​learn​ ​scenic​ ​painting​ ​techniques,​ ​sound​ ​and​ ​lighting, and​ ​design​ ​costume,​ ​plots​ ​and​ ​properties. *Not​ ​NCAA​ ​approved​ ​as​ ​an​ ​English​ ​course.​ ​Students​ ​earn Fine​ ​Arts​ ​credit​ ​for​ ​this​ ​course.

Writing​ ​for​ ​college,​ ​primarily​ ​for​ ​the​ ​college-bound​ ​student,​ ​is designed​ ​to​ ​polish​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​necessary​ ​for​ ​written​ ​communication, to​ ​develop​ ​a​ ​proficiency​ ​in​ ​analyzing​ ​and​ ​organizing​ ​ideas​ ​and data,​ ​to​ ​help​ ​students​ ​achieve​ ​a​ ​sense​ ​of​ ​tone​ ​and​ ​style,​ ​improve sentence​ ​and​ ​paragraph​ ​structure,​ ​to​ ​build​ ​vocabulary,​ ​and​ ​to develop​ ​skills​ ​to​ ​research​ ​and​ ​document​ ​sources.​ ​A​ ​research​ ​paper is​ ​a​ ​course​ ​requirement.

Class:​​ ​Speech​ ​Communication Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1332 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-10 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​course​ ​offers​ ​students​ ​the​ ​tools​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​communicate​ ​effectively​ ​in​ ​their​ ​high​ ​school​ ​coursework​ ​and​ ​in​ ​their​ ​daily​ ​lives.

Although​ ​the​ ​development​ ​of​ ​speaking​ ​and​ ​listening​ ​skills​ ​is​ ​the​ ​main​ ​thrust​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​asked​ ​to​ ​exhibit communication​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​ways​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​term.​ ​Skills​ ​targeted​ ​may​ ​include​ ​but​ ​are​ ​not​ ​limited​ ​to​ ​interpersonal communication​ ​strategies,​ ​effective​ ​listening,​ ​small​ ​group​ ​dynamics,​ ​informative​ ​speaking,​ ​persuasive​ ​speaking,​ ​and​ ​appropriate​ ​use​ ​of presentation​ ​technology.

51

EXPERIENTIAL​ ​LEARNING Class:​​ ​Mentorship Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2300 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​Application Weighted​:​ ​No

Investigate​ ​a​ ​career​ ​area​ ​of​ ​interest​ ​through​ ​planned​ ​on-the-job visitations!​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​matched​ ​on​ ​an​ ​individual​ ​basis​ ​with​ ​an adult/professional​ ​mentor​ ​working​ ​in​ ​the​ ​career​ ​interest​ ​area.​ ​An individual​ ​plan,​ ​developed​ ​by​ ​the​ ​student​ ​and​ ​mentor/supervisor, will​ ​structure​ ​and​ ​guide​ ​the​ ​experience.​ ​The​ ​job​ ​shadow​ ​experience will​ ​require​ ​40​ ​hours​ ​in​ ​a​ ​workplace​ ​setting​ ​(single​ ​or​ ​multiple) during​ ​the​ ​school​ ​day​ ​and/or​ ​outside​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​day.​ ​The​ ​job shadow​ ​can​ ​occur​ ​over​ ​a​ ​summer​ ​and/or​ ​(typically)​ ​one​ ​or​ ​two terms​ ​and​ ​will​ ​be​ ​unpaid.​ ​Consider​ ​this​ ​opportunity​ ​if​ ​you​ ​are​ ​a junior​ ​or​ ​senior​ ​and​ ​wondering​ ​about​ ​a​ ​particular​ ​career​ ​field! *NOTES:​ ​1)​ ​The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​graded​ ​Pass/Fail​ ​and​ ​can​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​twice (over​ ​junior​ ​and/or​ ​senior​ ​years);​ ​2)​ ​The​ ​student​ ​may​ ​need​ ​to​ ​assist with​ ​seeking​ ​out​ ​a​ ​placement​ ​with​ ​one​ ​or​ ​more​ ​business​ ​/​ ​industry partners;​ ​3)​ ​If/when​ ​necessary,​ ​to​ ​help​ ​meet​ ​the​ ​40​ ​hours,​ ​the mentorship​ ​coordinator​ ​and​ ​student​ ​may​ ​develop​ ​a​ ​plan​ ​to​ ​provide the​ ​student​ ​with​ ​critical​ ​experience​ ​in​ ​the​ ​specific​ ​career​ ​area.

Class:​​ ​Youth​ ​Apprenticeship Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2303 Credit​:​ ​0.5​ ​per​ ​term Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​Application Weighted​:​ ​No

Youth​ ​Apprenticeship​ ​is​ ​the​ ​most​ ​formalized​ ​and​ ​structured work-based​ ​program​ ​offered.​ ​Visit​ ​this​ ​website​​ ​to​ ​view​ ​program areas.​ ​ ​The​ ​youth​ ​apprenticeship​ ​program​ ​coordinates​ ​academic education​ ​in​ ​the​ ​high​ ​school​ ​with​ ​occupational​ ​instruction​ ​and​ ​paid work-based​ ​learning.​ ​Occupational​ ​course​ ​work,​ ​taken​ ​off​ ​campus, is​ ​usually​ ​required​ ​and​ ​earns​ ​both​ ​high​ ​school​ ​and​ ​technical​ ​school credit.​ ​Training​ ​in​ ​the​ ​workplace​ ​is​ ​by​ ​skilled​ ​mentors​ ​and​ ​is​ ​based on​ ​statewide​ ​competency​ ​standards​ ​developed​ ​by​ ​the​ ​Dept.​ ​of Public​ ​Instruction​ ​and​ ​representatives​ ​from​ ​business.​ ​Upon completion​ ​students​ ​can​ ​earn​ ​a​ ​Certificate​ ​of​ ​Occupational Proficiency.

Class:​​ ​Career​ ​and​ ​Employment​ ​Opportunities​ ​(C.E.O)​ ​Internship Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2301 Credit​:​ ​0.5​ ​per​ ​term;​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​multiple​ ​times Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​application,​ ​students must​ ​be​ ​actively​ ​employed​ ​prior​ ​to​ ​the​ ​start​ ​of​ ​the​ ​term Weighted​:​ ​No

Learn​ ​career​ ​and​ ​life​ ​skills​ ​while​ ​you​ ​earn!​ ​ ​Students​ ​can​ ​engage in​ ​this​ ​personalized​ ​learning,​ ​seminar​ ​course​ ​to​ ​further​ ​support the​ ​development​ ​of​ ​professional​ ​knowledge​ ​and​ ​skills​ ​which​ ​can then​ ​be​ ​applied​ ​to​ ​a​ ​real​ ​world​ ​work​ ​experience.​ ​ ​The​ ​course affords​ ​meaningful​ ​learning​ ​through​ ​two​ ​avenues: 1)​ ​Independent​ ​Study/Personal​ ​Reflection:​ ​choosing​ ​from​ ​and then​ ​researching​ ​various​ ​career-based​ ​learning​ ​topics​ ​to​ ​a) explore​ ​self,​ ​academic​ ​learning,​ ​work,​ ​and​ ​life​ ​connections​ ​and​ ​b) gain​ ​deeper​ ​insight​ ​into​ ​and​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​relevant​ ​employment matters​ ​in​ ​order​ ​to​ ​further​ ​develop​ ​pivotal​ ​life​ ​skills;​ ​and,​ ​2) Guest​ ​Instructors:​ ​learning​ ​directly​ ​from​ ​business​ ​and​ ​industry guest​ ​instructors’​ ​expertise​ ​as​ ​they​ ​present​ ​on​ ​various​ ​topics during​ ​a​ ​once​ ​a​ ​month​ ​seminar​ ​(e.g.,​ ​professionalism, entrepreneurship,​ ​etc.).​ ​ ​ ​The​ ​course​ ​will​ ​also​ ​afford​ ​each​ ​student with​ ​opportunities​ ​to​ ​utilize​ ​technology​ ​to​ ​capture​ ​and demonstrate​ ​his/her​ ​personal​ ​growth​ ​that​ ​has​ ​occurred​ ​throughout the​ ​experience.​ ​ ​*NOTES:​ ​1)​ ​The​ ​course​ ​will​ ​meet​ ​weekly​ ​for one​ ​block​ ​during​ ​each​ ​term​ ​or​ ​as​ ​scheduled;​ ​2)​ ​Students​ ​are required​ ​to​ ​attend​ ​seminars​ ​with​ ​guest​ ​instructors.​ ​ ​One​ ​seminar will​ ​most​ ​likely​ ​be​ ​held​ ​once​ ​per​ ​month​ ​[September,​ ​October, November,​ ​February,​ ​March,​ ​and​ ​April​ ​(dates/times​ ​to​ ​be announced)];​ ​3)​ ​The​ ​student​ ​a)​ ​will​ ​seek​ ​out​ ​his/her​ ​employment, b)​ ​must​ ​be​ ​employed​ ​prior​ ​to​ ​the​ ​start​ ​of​ ​the​ ​term,​ ​and​ ​c)​ ​must work​ ​a​ ​minimum​ ​of​ ​20​ ​hours​ ​per​ ​week.​ ​ ​4)​ ​The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​graded Pass/Fail.​ ​Enrollment​ ​in​ ​C.E.O.​ ​is​ ​limited.

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Pursuit Course​ ​Number​:​ ​By​ ​Application Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Students​ ​also​ ​must​ ​submit an​ ​application​ ​for​ ​approval​ ​the​ ​semester​ ​prior​ ​to​ ​working on​ ​their​ ​“Pursuit”.​ ​Once​ ​approval​ ​is​ ​granted,​ ​then​ ​the​ ​time will​ ​be​ ​scheduled.

Weighted​:​ ​No This​ ​course​ ​provides​ ​students​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​and implement​ ​an​ ​independent​ ​study​ ​in​ ​an​ ​area​ ​of​ ​interest.

52

FAMILY​ ​AND​ ​CONSUMER​ ​SCIENCES

(These​ ​courses​ ​can​ ​apply​ ​towards​ ​Practical/Fine​ ​Art​ ​1.00​ ​credit)

Class:​​ ​Careers​ ​in​ ​Education Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1509 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Fashion​ ​Analysis Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1503 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Exploring​ ​Health​ ​Occupations​ ​(Transcripted​ ​Credit) (Alternating​ ​Year;​ ​offered​ ​2018​ ​-​ ​2019) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1505A​ ​&​ ​1505B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11​ ​-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Foundations​ ​of​ ​Child​ ​Development Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1501 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

If​ ​you​ ​are​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​field​ ​of​ ​education​ ​or​ ​just​ ​learning​ ​more​ ​about how​ ​to​ ​work​ ​with​ ​children,​ ​Careers​ ​in​ ​Education​ ​is​ ​a​ ​course​ ​that​ ​will help​ ​you​ ​become​ ​a​ ​teacher​ ​who​ ​makes​ ​an​ ​impact​ ​on​ ​the​ ​lives​ ​of students.​ ​Careers​ ​in​ ​Education,​ ​will​ ​help​ ​students​ ​learn​ ​how​ ​humans behave​ ​and​ ​interact​ ​with​ ​others.​ ​Topics​ ​help​ ​individuals​ ​understand themselves​ ​and​ ​develop​ ​personal​ ​skills​ ​to​ ​help​ ​them​ ​relate​ ​to​ ​others​ ​in meaningful​ ​ways.​ ​Relating​ ​to​ ​others​ ​and​ ​building​ ​relationships​ ​is especially​ ​important​ ​to​ ​those​ ​students​ ​who​ ​are​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​the​ ​field​ ​of education.​ ​Through​ ​this​ ​course,​ ​you​ ​will​ ​focus​ ​on​ ​what​ ​a​ ​teacher​ ​does, the​ ​qualities​ ​of​ ​an​ ​effective​ ​teacher,​ ​and​ ​steps​ ​to​ ​becoming​ ​a​ ​teacher.

You​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​human​ ​development,​ ​various​ ​theories​ ​of​ ​development, and​ ​the​ ​various​ ​developmental​ ​stages​ ​of​ ​children​ ​through​ ​teens.

Throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​we​ ​will​ ​describe​ ​the​ ​early​ ​history​ ​of​ ​education​ ​in America,​ ​modern​ ​history​ ​of​ ​education,​ ​and​ ​current​ ​aspects​ ​of​ ​schools, including​ ​federal,​ ​state,​ ​and​ ​local​ ​responsibilities.​ ​Also​ ​covered​ ​is learning​ ​diversity,​ ​what​ ​makes​ ​an​ ​effective​ ​teacher,​ ​lesson​ ​planning, instructional​ ​strategies,​ ​technology,​ ​assessment,​ ​classroom​ ​management, and​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​future​ ​as​ ​a​ ​teacher.

This​ ​class​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​the​ ​student​ ​who​ ​has​ ​an​ ​interest​ ​in​ ​pursuing​ ​a career​ ​in​ ​the​ ​healthcare​ ​industry.​ ​Health​ ​careers​ ​are​ ​explored​ ​through the​ ​use​ ​of​ ​guest​ ​speakers,​ ​job​ ​shadowing,​ ​and​ ​individual​ ​investigation.

Students​ ​assess​ ​their​ ​own​ ​personal​ ​interest​ ​and​ ​aptitudes​ ​for​ ​working​ ​in this​ ​rapidly​ ​growing​ ​area.​ ​Current​ ​issues​ ​regarding​ ​health​ ​care​ ​are addressed.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​transcripted​ ​with​ ​Waukesha​ ​County​ ​Technical College;​ ​students​ ​enrolled​ ​are​ ​eligible​ ​to​ ​earn​ ​2​ ​college​ ​credits​ ​that appear​ ​on​ ​a​ ​college​ ​transcript​ ​(may/may​ ​not​ ​be​ ​transferable​ ​to​ ​other institutions​ ​of​ ​higher​ ​education).

Fashion,​ ​a​ ​multi-billion​ ​dollar​ ​industry,​ ​offers​ ​a​ ​wide​ ​range​ ​of career​ ​paths​ ​for​ ​you​ ​to​ ​explore.​ ​While​ ​exploring,​ ​you​ ​will develop​ ​an​ ​appreciation​ ​for​ ​how​ ​our​ ​economy​ ​and​ ​world events​ ​impact​ ​the​ ​garment​ ​industry​ ​and​ ​current​ ​fashions.

Through​ ​creative​ ​projects,​ ​you​ ​will: ● Evaluate​ ​garments​ ​using​ ​the​ ​elements​ ​of​ ​design​ ​(line, color,​ ​texture​ ​and​ ​shape) ● Demonstrates​ ​how​ ​body​ ​type​ ​and​ ​face​ ​shape​ ​can​ ​be enhanced​ ​through​ ​garment​ ​selection ● Examine​ ​how​ ​you​ ​can​ ​project​ ​personality​ ​through clothing ● Evaluate​ ​(investigate)​ ​the​ ​relationship​ ​between​ ​the elements,​ ​construction​ ​and​ ​price ● See​ ​how​ ​the​ ​history​ ​of​ ​fashion​ ​has​ ​influenced today’s​ ​styles ● Explore​ ​career​ ​paths​ ​through​ ​professional​ ​speakers and​ ​our​ ​Michigan​ ​Avenue​ ​Trip​ ​in​ ​Chicago!

Introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​Elements​ ​of​ ​Design​ ​in​ ​the​ ​FCS​ ​department is​ ​strongly​ ​suggested.

This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​a​ ​systematic​ ​study​ ​of​ ​child​ ​growth​ ​and development​ ​from​ ​conception​ ​through​ ​the​ ​teenage​ ​years.

Emphasis​ ​is​ ​on​ ​principles​ ​underlying​ ​physical,​ ​intellectual, emotional​ ​and​ ​social​ ​development,​ ​and​ ​methods​ ​of​ ​child study​ ​and​ ​practical​ ​implications.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​begins​ ​by analyzing​ ​factors​ ​that​ ​have​ ​influenced​ ​the​ ​person​ ​you​ ​are today,​ ​understanding​ ​the​ ​various​ ​roles​ ​of​ ​families​ ​and​ ​parents in​ ​society.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​understand​ ​the​ ​rewards​ ​and responsibilities​ ​of​ ​parenthood.​ ​Upon​ ​completion,​ ​students​ ​will understand​ ​concepts​ ​needed​ ​for​ ​a​ ​career​ ​related​ ​to​ ​working with​ ​children.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​have​ ​a​ ​foundation​ ​that​ ​will​ ​help build​ ​their​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​self,​ ​family,​ ​future​ ​family​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as children​ ​they​ ​may​ ​work​ ​with​ ​now​ ​and​ ​in​ ​the​ ​future.​ ​The learning​ ​experiences​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course​ ​will​ ​be​ ​enhanced​ ​with​ ​the help​ ​of​ ​community​ ​professionals​ ​in​ ​careers​ ​related​ ​to​ ​child development.

53

Class:​​ ​Introduction​ ​of​ ​Elements​ ​of​ ​Design Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1502 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

You​ ​have​ ​a​ ​lifetime​ ​of​ ​spending​ ​ahead​ ​of​ ​you,​ ​so​ ​why​ ​not​ ​back your​ ​purchases​ ​with​ ​some​ ​useful​ ​knowledge.​ ​Try​ ​to​ ​imagine​ ​all​ ​the money​ ​you​ ​will​ ​spend​ ​on​ ​clothing​ ​and​ ​home​ ​goods​ ​for​ ​you​ ​and your​ ​future​ ​family.​ ​Our​ ​goal​ ​is​ ​to​ ​empower​ ​you​ ​with​ ​with​ ​the understanding​ ​on​ ​how​ ​line,​ ​color,​ ​texture​ ​and​ ​shape​ ​play​ ​specific roles​ ​in​ ​meeting​ ​your​ ​needs.​ ​We​ ​center​ ​our​ ​focus​ ​on​ ​fashion​ ​and personal​ ​living​ ​space.​ ​You​ ​will​ ​also​ ​create​ ​a​ ​professional​ ​portfolio to​ ​practice​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​related​ ​to​ ​presenting​ ​your​ ​work.​ ​This hands-on​ ​course​ ​is​ ​a​ ​suggested​ ​course​ ​for​ ​classes​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Family​ ​and Consumer​ ​Science​ ​department.​ ​It​ ​will​ ​give​ ​you​ ​a​ ​strong​ ​foundation for​ ​Fasion​ ​Analysis​ ​or​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​Interior​ ​Design​ ​TC (transcripted​ ​college​ ​credit).

Class:​​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​Interior​ ​Design​ ​TC​ ​(Transcripted Credit) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1504 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​11th​ ​-​ ​12th​ ​grade​ ​standing or​ ​successful​ ​completion​ ​of​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Elements​ ​of Design Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​transcripted​ ​credit​ ​course​ ​(WCTC)​ ​is​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​the world​ ​of​ ​interior​ ​design.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​an​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​explore profitable​ ​career​ ​paths​ ​for​ ​the​ ​creative​ ​person​ ​in​ ​a​ ​growing industry.​ ​You​ ​will​ ​examine​ ​the​ ​needs​ ​and​ ​demands​ ​of​ ​living​ ​space for​ ​people​ ​of​ ​all​ ​ages,​ ​health​ ​conditions,​ ​preferences​ ​and​ ​to​ ​use the​ ​elements​ ​and​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​design​ ​to​ ​meet​ ​your​ ​client’s​ ​needs.

Our​ ​capstone​ ​project​ ​provides​ ​students​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​design​ ​a floor​ ​plan​ ​for​ ​a​ ​client​ ​and​ ​to​ ​create​ ​a​ ​presentation​ ​board​ ​to demonstrate​ ​what​ ​their​ ​new​ ​home​ ​could​ ​look​ ​like.​ ​You​ ​select​ ​the furniture,​ ​arrange​ ​the​ ​items,​ ​create​ ​a​ ​color​ ​scheme​ ​that​ ​includes walls,​ ​window​ ​treatments,​ ​flooring​ ​and​ ​all​ ​items.​ ​This​ ​hands​ ​on course​ ​applies​ ​the​ ​elements​ ​and​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​design.​ ​It​ ​is​ ​strongly recommended​ ​that​ ​a​ ​student​ ​taking​ ​this​ ​course​ ​has​ ​also​ ​taken Introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​Elements​ ​of​ ​Design​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Family​ ​and Consumer​ ​Science​ ​department.

Class:​​ ​Medical​ ​Terminology​ ​(Transcripted​ ​Credit)​ ​(Alternating​ ​Year;​ ​offered​ ​2017​ ​-​ ​2018) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1510A​ ​&​ ​1510B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Biology​ ​or​ ​concurrent​ ​enrollment​ ​recommended Weighted​:​ ​No

Medical​ ​Terminology​ ​focuses​ ​on​ ​the​ ​component​ ​parts​ ​of​ ​medical​ ​terms,​ ​prefixes,​ ​suffixes,​ ​and​ ​root​ ​words.​ ​Students​ ​practice​ ​formation, analysis​ ​and​ ​reconstruction​ ​of​ ​terms.​ ​Emphasis​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​spelling,​ ​definition,​ ​and​ ​pronunciation.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​also​ ​includes​ ​an introduction​ ​to​ ​operative,​ ​diagnostic,​ ​therapeutic,​ ​and​ ​symptomatic​ ​terminology​ ​of​ ​all​ ​body​ ​systems,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as,​ ​systemic​ ​and​ ​surgical terminology.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​transcripted​ ​with​ ​Waukesha​ ​County​ ​Technical​ ​College​ ​(WCTC)​ ​and​ ​may​ ​be​ ​transferrable​ ​to​ ​other institutions​ ​of​ ​higher​ ​education.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​recognized​ ​by​ ​UW-Milwaukee​ ​School​ ​of​ ​Nursing.

54

HEALTH A​ ​half​ ​credit​ ​(.50)​ ​of​ ​Health​ ​required​ ​for​ ​graduation Class:​​ ​Health​ ​Education Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1701 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10 HG​ ​&​ ​D​ ​Instruction​:​ ​Occurs​ ​during​ ​the​ ​last​ ​quarter​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Health​ ​Education​ ​is​ ​required​ ​for​ ​graduation.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​exposed​ ​to​ ​several​ ​topics​ ​including​ ​the​ ​seven​ ​dimensions​ ​of wellness,stress​ ​management,​ ​SMART​ ​goal​ ​setting,​ ​mental​ ​illness​ ​awareness,​ ​suicide​ ​prevention,​ ​bullying​ ​prevention,​ ​nutrition,​ ​basic first​ ​aid,​ ​CPR​ ​&​ ​use​ ​of​ ​AED,​ ​STI​ ​prevention,​ ​methods​ ​of​ ​contraception,​ ​and​ ​healthy​ ​relationships.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​demonstrate​ ​knowledge and​ ​skills​ ​through​ ​presentations,​ ​skits,​ ​projects,​ ​and​ ​student​ ​generated​ ​assessments.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​includes​ ​components​ ​of​ ​the​ ​district's Human​ ​Growth​ ​and​ ​Development​ ​curriculum.

Class:​​ ​Exercise​ ​Science Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2003 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Biology​ ​and​ ​PE​ ​9 Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$0.00​ ​-​ ​$20.00 This​ ​is​ ​an​ ​elective​ ​course​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​considering​ ​careers​ ​in​ ​the​ ​medical​ ​field.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​several concepts​ ​in​ ​the​ ​field​ ​of​ ​kinesiology​ ​related​ ​to​ ​careers​ ​in​ ​physical​ ​or​ ​occupational​ ​therapy,​ ​sports​ ​medicine,​ ​nursing,​ ​athletic training,​ ​coaching,​ ​physical​ ​education,​ ​recreation,​ ​recreational​ ​therapy,​ ​and​ ​corporate​ ​fitness.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​the skeletal​ ​structure​ ​and​ ​function​ ​of​ ​muscle​ ​use,​ ​efficient​ ​movement​ ​techniques,​ ​and​ ​training​ ​techniques.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​will include​ ​laboratory​ ​work​ ​and​ ​on-site​ ​field​ ​trips​ ​for​ ​first​ ​–hand​ ​health​ ​related​ ​career​ ​experiences.​ ​At​ ​the​ ​conclusion​ ​of​ ​this course,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​know​ ​the​ ​skeletal​ ​system,​ ​the​ ​major​ ​muscles​ ​of​ ​voluntary​ ​control,​ ​structure​ ​of​ ​striated​ ​muscle​ ​tissue, the​ ​physiology​ ​of​ ​muscular​ ​function,​ ​the​ ​effects​ ​of​ ​exercise​ ​on​ ​the​ ​nervous,​ ​circulatory,​ ​and​ ​cardiorespiratory​ ​systems​ ​and the​ ​overall​ ​nutritional​ ​and​ ​metabolic​ ​impact​ ​of​ ​exercise​ ​and​ ​training.

55

LAUNCH LAUNCH​​ ​is​ ​a​ ​junior/senior​ ​program​ ​that​ ​connects​ ​a​ ​student’s​ ​academic​ ​knowledge​ ​to​ ​real​ ​world​ ​problems​ ​and projects​ ​through​ ​profession-based​ ​experiences​ ​in​ ​a​ ​dynamic,​ ​business-like​ ​setting.​ ​ ​Courses​ ​meet​ ​daily​ ​and typically​ ​occur​ ​off-campus.​ ​ ​Students​ ​apply​ ​their​ ​learning​ ​through​ ​projects,​ ​supported​ ​by​ ​area​ ​business​ ​partners, that​ ​require​ ​collaborative​ ​teams​ ​to​ ​solve​ ​problems,​ ​communicate​ ​with​ ​stakeholders,​ ​and​ ​ ​implement​ ​solutions.

Students​ ​must​ ​secure​ ​their​ ​own​ ​transportation​ ​to​ ​the​ ​LAUNCH​ ​facility.​ ​ ​LAUNCH-specific​ ​course​ ​descriptions are​ ​below.​ ​ ​Additional​ ​information​ ​may​ ​be​ ​found​ ​on​ ​the​ ​district’s​ ​website.

Global​ ​Business​ ​Strand Writing​ ​For​ ​Research​ ​(12)​ ​OR English​ ​11

AP​ ​Microeconomics​ ​& AP​ ​Macroeconomics

Business​ ​Strategy

Business​ ​Analytics​ ​Strand AP​ ​Statistics

Business​ ​Strategy Future​ ​Teachers​ ​Strand

AP​ ​Psychology

Careers​ ​in​ ​Education

Class:​​ ​Writing​ ​for​ ​Research Course​ ​Number:​​ ​7801 Credit:​​ ​1 Grade​ ​Level:​​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):​​ ​English​ ​9​ ​or​ ​English​ ​9​ ​Honors,​ ​English​ ​10​ ​or​ ​English​ ​10​ ​Honors Weighted:​​ ​no This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​the​ ​English​ ​component​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Global​ ​Business​ ​strand​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​have​ ​already​ ​completed​ ​English​ ​11.

The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​intended​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​students​ ​in​ ​this​ ​strand​ ​with​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​and​ ​develop​ ​the​ ​kinds​ ​of research​ ​and​ ​communication​ ​skills​ ​that​ ​are​ ​essential​ ​in​ ​professional​ ​settings.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​how​ ​to​ ​conduct​ ​efficient​ ​and effective​ ​research,​ ​how​ ​to​ ​use​ ​research​ ​to​ ​answer​ ​real​ ​world​ ​questions,​ ​and​ ​how​ ​to​ ​present​ ​that​ ​information​ ​to​ ​different types​ ​of​ ​audiences​ ​and​ ​using​ ​different​ ​presentation​ ​modes.

Class:​​ ​Business​ ​Strategy Course​ ​Number:​​ ​7802 Credit:​​ ​1 Grade​ ​Level:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):​​ ​none Weighted:​​ ​no Students​ ​will​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​profession​ ​based​ ​experiences​ ​in​ ​a​ ​dynamic​ ​business​ ​like​ ​setting.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​apply​ ​business strategy​ ​to​ ​projects​ ​that​ ​require​ ​collaborative​ ​teams​ ​to​ ​solve​ ​problems​ ​and​ ​communicate​ ​results​ ​to​ ​business​ ​and​ ​industry partners.​ ​Business​ ​Strategy​ ​students​ ​will​ ​gain​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​innovation,​ ​entrepreneurship​ ​&​ ​sales,​ ​project​ ​management, teamwork​ ​and​ ​data​ ​analysis​ ​that​ ​will​ ​prepare​ ​them​ ​for​ ​21st​ ​century​ ​workplaces.

56

MATHEMATICS Two​ ​(2.0)​ ​credits​ ​of​ ​mathematics​ ​are​ ​required​ ​for​ ​the​ ​graduating​ ​class​ ​of​ ​2014​ ​and​ ​2015.​ ​Students​ ​in​ ​the​ ​graduating​ ​class​ ​of 2016​ ​and​ ​beyond​ ​must​ ​successfully​ ​complete​ ​3​ ​credits​ ​of​ ​Math​ ​to​ ​graduate.​ ​Students​ ​prepared​ ​for​ ​the​ ​transition​ ​to​ ​college and​ ​career​ ​options​ ​should​ ​plan​ ​to​ ​complete​ ​a​ ​minimum​ ​of​ ​Algebra​ ​I,​ ​Geometry,​ ​Algebra​ ​2,​ ​Statistics​ ​and​ ​one​ ​advanced​ ​math course​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​high​ ​school​ ​program​ ​of​ ​studies.​ ​Completion​ ​of​ ​some​ ​of​ ​these​ ​courses​ ​may​ ​occur​ ​during​ ​the​ ​program​ ​of studies​ ​at​ ​the​ ​Middle​ ​School.​ ​Successful​ ​completion​ ​of​ ​these​ ​courses​ ​is​ ​an​ ​indicator​ ​that​ ​students​ ​have​ ​mastered​ ​problem solving​ ​skills​ ​necessary​ ​in​ ​all​ ​college​ ​programs​ ​of​ ​study​ ​and​ ​career​ ​fields.

The​ ​math​ ​department​ ​believes​ ​that​ ​all​ ​students​ ​planning​ ​to​ ​pursue​ ​any​ ​postsecondary​ ​education​ ​should​ ​take​ ​math​ ​each​ ​year​ ​of high​ ​school,​ ​earning​ ​at​ ​least​ ​4​ ​math​ ​credits​ ​for​ ​the​ ​following​ ​reasons: 1.

Post-secondary​ ​institutions​ ​often​ ​require​ ​students​ ​to​ ​take​ ​a​ ​math​ ​placement​ ​exam​ ​at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​senior year​ ​and​ ​students​ ​do​ ​better​ ​on​ ​these​ ​exams​ ​if​ ​they​ ​have​ ​taken​ ​4​ ​years​ ​of​ ​high​ ​school​ ​math.

2.

The​ ​ACT​ ​includes​ ​Algebra​ ​I,​ ​Geometry,​ ​Algebra​ ​2,​ ​and​ ​Trigonometry​ ​topics.

3.

Many​ ​college​ ​majors​ ​require​ ​a​ ​statistics​ ​course.

4.

Admission​ ​officers​ ​are​ ​often​ ​looking​ ​for​ ​four​ ​years​ ​of​ ​mathematics,​ ​or​ ​at​ ​minimum​ ​that​ ​a​ ​student​ ​has​ ​completed Algebra​ ​2.

High​ ​School​ ​students​ ​may​ ​choose​ ​to​ ​take​ ​two​ ​math​ ​courses​ ​in​ ​one​ ​year Grade​ ​8​ ​Math​ ​Class

Initial​ ​High​ ​School​ ​Math​ ​Course (1​ ​credit​ ​required)

Next​ ​Course​ ​in​ ​sequence​ ​(1 credit​ ​required)

Next​ ​Course​ ​in​ ​sequence​ ​(1 credit​ ​required)

Pre-Algebra

Algebra​ ​or​ ​A/B​ ​Algebra

Geometry​ ​or​ ​Honors​ ​Geometry

Algebra​ ​II,​ ​Algebra​ ​2​ ​AB​ ​OR Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II Then: Advanced​ ​Studies​ ​in​ ​Geomtry¹ Functions​ ​&​ ​Trigonometry Statistics Data​ ​Analysis Precalculus* Honors​ ​Precalculus* AP​ ​Statistics* Introduction​ ​for​ ​Predictive Modeling* AP​ ​AB​ ​Calculus* AP​ ​BC​ ​Calculus* Youth​ ​Options​ ​Math​ ​*²

Algebra

Geometry​ ​or​ ​Honors​ ​Geometry

Algebra​ ​II​ ​or​ ​Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II

Advanced​ ​Studies​ ​in​ ​Geomtry¹ Functions​ ​&​ ​Trigonometry Statistics Data​ ​Analysis Precalculus* Honors​ ​Precalculus* AP​ ​Statistics* Introduction​ ​for​ ​Predictive Modeling* AP​ ​AB​ ​Calculus* AP​ ​BC​ ​Calculus* Youth​ ​Options​ ​Math​ ​*²

57

Honors​ ​Geometry

Algebra​ ​II​ ​or​ ​Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II

Advanced​ ​Studies​ ​in​ ​Geomtry¹ Functions​ ​&​ ​Trigonometry Statistics Data​ ​Analysis Precalculus* Honors​ ​Precalculus* AP​ ​Statistics* Introduction​ ​for​ ​Predictive Modeling* AP​ ​AB​ ​Calculus* AP​ ​BC​ ​Calculus*

Advanced​ ​Studies​ ​in​ ​Geomtry¹ Functions​ ​&​ ​Trigonometry Statistics Data​ ​Analysis Precalculus* Honors​ ​Precalculus* AP​ ​Statistics* Introduction​ ​for​ ​Predictive Modeling* AP​ ​AB​ ​Calculus* AP​ ​BC​ ​Calculus* Youth​ ​Options​ ​Math​ ​*²

*Course​ ​has​ ​a​ ​reCommended​ ​prerequisite​ ​in​ ​addition​ ​to​ ​Algebra​ ​II ¹Course​ ​is​ ​considered​ ​an​ ​elective​ ​math​ ​course​ ​that​ ​can​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​prior​ ​to​ ​Algebra​ ​2​ ​completion​ ​,​ ​and​ ​should​ ​not​ ​be​ ​considered for​ ​meeting​ ​core​ ​math​ ​credit​ ​requirements.

Class:​​ ​Advanced​ ​Studies​ ​in​ ​Geometry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1812 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Geometry,​ ​Honors Geometry,​ ​Algebra​ ​2​ ​or​ ​concurrent​ ​registration​ ​in​ ​Algebra​ ​2 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Algebra​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1804A​ ​&​ ​1824B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​A/B​ ​Algebra Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1802A/B/C/D Credit​:​ ​2.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None,​ ​but​ ​entrance​ ​into class​ ​is​ ​by​ ​placement​ ​based​ ​on​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​assessment measures Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​AB Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1813​ ​A/B/C/D Credit​:​ ​2.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​I/AB​ ​Algebra, Geometry Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​class​ ​expands​ ​student​ ​learning​ ​of​ ​the​ ​breadth​ ​of​ ​mathematics.

These​ ​excursions​ ​in​ ​mathematical​ ​topics​ ​will​ ​inspire​ ​students​ ​to learn​ ​more​ ​about​ ​the​ ​rich​ ​intersections​ ​that​ ​exist​ ​in​ ​advanced geometrical​ ​applications.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​asked​ ​to​ ​decipher​ ​and build​ ​mathematical​ ​models​ ​and​ ​projections.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​be asked​ ​to​ ​determine​ ​how​ ​advanced​ ​geometrical​ ​concepts​ ​can​ ​be applied​ ​to​ ​determine​ ​regularity​ ​in​ ​complex​ ​scenarios.​ ​This​ ​will​ ​be a​ ​project​ ​based​ ​class​ ​that​ ​will​ ​utilize​ ​varied​ ​types​ ​of​ ​assessments including​ ​formative,​ ​summative,​ ​and​ ​performance-based.

Algebra​ ​A/B​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​have​ ​students​ ​complete​ ​Algebra​ ​in​ ​one year​ ​while​ ​providing​ ​opportunities​ ​for​ ​them​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​skills​ ​that will​ ​be​ ​needed​ ​in​ ​other​ ​mathematics​ ​courses.​ ​Algebra​ ​A/B​ ​is designed​ ​to​ ​integrate​ ​arithmetic​ ​basic​ ​skills,​ ​algebra,​ ​statistics, solving​ ​and​ ​graphing​ ​functions,​ ​including​ ​linear,​ ​quadratic,​ ​and exponential​ ​functions.​ ​Students​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course​ ​will​ ​be​ ​working​ ​on developing​ ​basic​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​strategic​ ​thinking​ ​and​ ​problem​ ​solving.

A​ ​scientific​ ​or​ ​graphing​ ​calculator​ ​is​ ​required.​ ​Algebra​ ​I​ ​is​ ​a default​ ​course​ ​students​ ​are​ ​being​ ​placed​ ​into.​ ​In​ ​April/May​ ​a​ ​team of​ ​educators​ ​will​ ​meet​ ​to​ ​determine​ ​with​ ​each​ ​student’s parent(s)/guardian(s).

Algebra​ ​II​ ​is​ ​a​ ​continuation​ ​of​ ​Algebra​ ​I,​ ​including​ ​the​ ​solutions of​ ​equations,​ ​inequalities,​ ​systems​ ​and​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​matrix theory.​ ​An​ ​emphasis​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​upon​ ​understanding​ ​relations​ ​and functions,​ ​including​ ​quadratic​ ​functions,​ ​exponential​ ​functions, logarithmic​ ​function,​ ​rational​ ​functions,​ ​and​ ​conic​ ​sections.​ ​The unit​ ​circle,​ ​series​ ​and​ ​sequences,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​complex​ ​number​ ​system are​ ​introduced.

Algebra​ ​II​ ​AB​ ​is​ ​a​ ​four​ ​term​ ​course​ ​that​ ​represents​ ​a​ ​continuation of​ ​Algebra​ ​I.​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​AB​ ​builds​ ​upon​ ​and​ ​extends​ ​concepts learned​ ​in​ ​Algebra​ ​I​ ​including​ ​the​ ​solutions​ ​of​ ​equations, inequalities,​ ​systems​ ​and​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​matrix​ ​theory.​ ​An emphasis​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​upon​ ​understanding​ ​relations​ ​and​ ​functions, including​ ​quadratic​ ​functions,​ ​exponential​ ​functions.​ ​logarithmic functions,​ ​rational​ ​functions.​ ​Additional​ ​topics​ ​surveyed​ ​include: sequences​ ​and​ ​series,​ ​trigonometric​ ​ratios,​ ​functions​ ​and​ ​graphs.

Algebra​ ​II​ ​is​ ​the​ ​default​ ​course​ ​students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​placed​ ​into.​ ​In April/May​ ​a​ ​team​ ​of​ ​educators​ ​will​ ​meet​ ​to​ ​determine​ ​which students​ ​may​ ​have​ ​their​ ​mathematical​ ​learning​ ​needs​ ​best​ ​met​ ​in Algebra​ ​II​ ​AB​ ​and​ ​will​ ​then​ ​communicate​ ​with​ ​each​ ​student’s parent(s)/guardian(s).

58

Class:​​ ​Algebra​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1803A​ ​&​ ​1803B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Algebra​ ​1​ ​is​ ​the​ ​foundation​ ​for​ ​mathematical​ ​reasoning.​ ​Skills learned​ ​in​ ​Algebra​ ​1​ ​are​ ​transferred​ ​to​ ​nearly​ ​every​ ​other​ ​content area​ ​and​ ​are​ ​used​ ​in​ ​everyday​ ​life.​ ​Those​ ​skills​ ​include​ ​solving and​ ​graphing​ ​linear​ ​equations,​ ​functions​ ​with​ ​exponents, polynomial​ ​and​ ​quadratic​ ​functions,​ ​and​ ​statistics.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be asked​ ​to​ ​discover​ ​and​ ​apply​ ​formulas​ ​to​ ​solve​ ​for​ ​unknowns​ ​and develop​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​ability.

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1805A​ ​&​ ​1805B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Geometry​ ​Honors​ ​or consent​ ​of​ ​instructor Weighted​:​ ​No

Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​is​ ​a​ ​rigorous,​ ​fast-paced​ ​course​ ​that​ ​includes​ ​a more​ ​in-depth​ ​study​ ​of​ ​Algebra​ ​2,​ ​including​ ​the​ ​solutions​ ​of equations,​ ​inequalities,​ ​systems​ ​and​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​matrix​ ​theory and​ ​trigonometry.​ ​An​ ​emphasis​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​upon​ ​understanding relations​ ​and​ ​functions,​ ​including​ ​quadratic​ ​functions,​ ​exponential functions,​ ​logarithmic​ ​function,​ ​rational​ ​functions,​ ​and​ ​conic sections.​ ​The​ ​unit​ ​circle,​ ​series​ ​and​ ​sequences,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​complex number​ ​system​ ​are​ ​introduced.

Class:​​ ​College​ ​Technical​ ​Mathematics​ ​I​ ​(Transcripted Credit) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1814A​ ​&​ ​1814B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Geometry,​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​AB, Algebra​ ​II Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​Geometry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1808A​ ​&​ ​1808B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Data​ ​Analysis Course​ ​Number​:1815 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Statistics Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Predictive​ ​Modeling Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1816A​ ​&​ ​1816B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​AP​ ​Statistics​ ​or​ ​Data Analysis Weighted​:​ ​No

Topics​ ​include:​ ​solving​ ​linear,​ ​quadratic,​ ​and​ ​rational​ ​equations: graphing:​ ​formula​ ​rearrangement:​ ​solving​ ​systems​ ​of​ ​equations: percent:​ ​proportions:​ ​measurement​ ​systems:​ ​computational geometry:​ ​right​ ​and​ ​oblique​ ​triangle​ ​trigonometry:​ ​trigonometric functions​ ​on​ ​the​ ​unit​ ​circle:​ ​and​ ​operations​ ​on​ ​polynomials.

Emphasis​ ​will​ ​be​ ​on​ ​the​ ​application​ ​of​ ​skills​ ​to​ ​technical problems.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​the​ ​equivalent​ ​of​ ​successful​ ​completion of​ ​College​ ​Technical​ ​Mathematics​ ​IA​ ​and​ ​College​ ​Technical Mathematics​ ​1B.

This​ ​class​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​extend​ ​the​ ​topics​ ​that​ ​began​ ​in​ ​Statistics and​ ​give​ ​meaningful​ ​applications​ ​to​ ​the​ ​mathematics​ ​learned​ ​in previous​ ​courses.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​asked​ ​to​ ​use​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of analytical​ ​tools​ ​to​ ​make​ ​sense​ ​of​ ​data​ ​sets​ ​and​ ​identify​ ​the relationships​ ​that​ ​exist​ ​between​ ​variables.

Honors​ ​Geometry​ ​is​ ​a​ ​rigorous​ ​and​ ​fast​ ​paced​ ​course​ ​that​ ​increases the​ ​depth​ ​of​ ​study​ ​related​ ​to​ ​concepts​ ​in​ ​Geometry,​ ​and​ ​includes​ ​a detailed​ ​emphasis​ ​on​ ​the​ ​laws​ ​of​ ​sine,​ ​cosine​ ​and​ ​tangents.​ ​This course​ ​develops​ ​geometric​ ​concepts,​ ​including​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​formal proofs​ ​(including​ ​coordinate​ ​and​ ​indirect​ ​methods)​ ​and​ ​algebraic applications.​ ​Algebra​ ​is​ ​used​ ​extensively​ ​for​ ​areas,​ ​volumes, lengths,​ ​angle​ ​measures,​ ​and​ ​graphing,

This​ ​class​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​students​ ​with​ ​the​ ​appropriate predictive​ ​modeling​ ​tools​ ​and​ ​techniques​ ​that​ ​would​ ​enable​ ​them to​ ​develop​ ​robust​ ​solutions​ ​to​ ​real-world​ ​problems​ ​by​ ​using state-of-the-art​ ​software​ ​packages​ ​(e.G.​ ​SAS,​ ​R,​ ​SPSS,​ ​and/or Excel)​ ​to​ ​investigate​ ​and​ ​analyze​ ​large​ ​data​ ​sets​ ​(i.e.​ ​“big​ ​data”).

Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​learn​ ​how​ ​to​ ​prepare​ ​professional​ ​written​ ​reports and​ ​deliver​ ​engaging​ ​oral​ ​presentations​ ​to​ ​describe​ ​their​ ​findings​ ​to a​ ​client​ ​and/or​ ​other​ ​interested​ ​parties. *Not​ ​NCAA​ ​Approved

59

Class:​​ ​Geometry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1807A​ ​&​ ​1807B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​I​ ​or​ ​equivalent Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​course​ ​develops​ ​geometric​ ​concepts,​ ​including​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of formal​ ​proofs​ ​(including​ ​coordinate​ ​and​ ​indirect​ ​methods),​ ​the​ ​use of​ ​postulates​ ​and​ ​theorems​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​algebraic​ ​applications.

Geometry​ ​development​ ​includes​ ​measurements,​ ​identification​ ​and application​ ​of​ ​polygons,​ ​circles​ ​and​ ​polyhedrons.​ ​Algebra​ ​is​ ​used extensively​ ​for​ ​areas,​ ​volumes,​ ​lengths,​ ​angle​ ​measures,​ ​and graphing.

Class:​​ ​Functions​ ​and​ ​Trigonometry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1806 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​(if​ ​taken concurrently,​ ​must​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​second​ ​or​ ​fourth​ ​term) Weighted​:​ ​No

Functions​ ​and​ ​Trigonometry​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​the​ ​student​ ​who wishes​ ​to​ ​expand​ ​on​ ​the​ ​concepts​ ​in​ ​Algebra​ ​II.​ ​The​ ​course integrates​ ​the​ ​ideas​ ​of​ ​functions​ ​and​ ​trigonometry.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will build​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​with​ ​real-world​ ​problems,​ ​and​ ​establish​ ​a firm​ ​foundation​ ​for​ ​future​ ​work​ ​in​ ​mathematics​ ​courses.​ ​A graphing​ ​calculator​ ​is​ ​required.

Class:​​ ​Statistics Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1811 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​I​ ​or​ ​Algebra​ ​I A/B Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​Precalculus Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1810A​ ​&​ ​1810B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​Honors​ ​or Algebra​ ​II​ ​and​ ​Functions​ ​and​ ​Trigonometry Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Statistics Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1862A​ ​&​ ​1862B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​or Statistics​ ​and​ ​Functions​ ​and​ ​Trigonometry Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​AB​ ​Calculus Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1860A​ ​&​ ​1860B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Precalculus,​ ​Honors Precalculus Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Statistics​ ​is​ ​a​ ​course​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​a​ ​student​ ​with​ ​an introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​major​ ​concepts​ ​and​ ​tools​ ​for​ ​collecting, analyzing,​ ​and​ ​drawing​ ​conclusions​ ​from​ ​data.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​is organized​ ​around​ ​the​ ​themes​ ​of​ ​one/two​ ​variable​ ​statistics,​ ​data analysis,​ ​regression,​ ​normal​ ​distributions,​ ​and​ ​statistical​ ​inference.

This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​build​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​with​ ​real-world​ ​problems, and​ ​establish​ ​a​ ​firm​ ​foundation​ ​for​ ​future​ ​work​ ​in​ ​mathematics courses.​ ​A​ ​graphing​ ​calculator​ ​with​ ​a​ ​statistics​ ​package​ ​is required.

This​ ​course​ ​provides​ ​students​ ​with​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​major concepts​ ​and​ ​tools​ ​for​ ​collecting,​ ​analyzing,​ ​and​ ​drawing conclusions​ ​from​ ​data.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​organized​ ​around​ ​four​ ​broad conceptual​ ​themes:​ ​one​ ​and​ ​two​ ​variable​ ​data​ ​analysis,​ ​regression, experimental​ ​design,​ ​and​ ​statistical​ ​inference.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​follows the​ ​syllabus​ ​recommended​ ​by​ ​the​ ​College​ ​Entrance​ ​Examination Board​ ​to​ ​qualify​ ​a​ ​student​ ​for​ ​the​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement examination.​ ​A​ ​TI-84​ ​graphics​ ​calculator​ ​is​ ​required. *Some​ ​colleges/universities​ ​may​ ​consider​ ​AP​ ​Statistics​ ​as​ ​a social​ ​science​ ​course​ ​instead​ ​of​ ​a​ ​math​ ​course.

Honors​ ​Precalculus​ ​is​ ​a​ ​rigorous,​ ​fast-paced​ ​course​ ​encompassing a​ ​wide​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​mathematical​ ​topics.​ ​The​ ​content​ ​includes functions,​ ​advanced​ ​trigonometry,​ ​analytic​ ​geometry,​ ​sequences, and​ ​probability.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​also​ ​introduces​ ​AP​ ​Calculus​ ​outcomes that​ ​include​ ​limits,​ ​asymptotes,​ ​continuity​ ​and​ ​the​ ​concept​ ​of derivatives.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​incorporate​ ​theory,​ ​process, and​ ​application​ ​using​ ​technology​ ​to​ ​illustrate​ ​concepts​ ​whenever appropriate.​ ​A​ ​graphing​ ​calculator​ ​is​ ​required.

This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​equivalent​ ​to​ ​a​ ​one-semester​ ​college​ ​calculus​ ​course.

Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​limits,​ ​continuity,​ ​derivatives,​ ​and integrals.​ ​All​ ​students​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course​ ​are​ ​strongly​ ​encouraged​ ​to take​ ​the​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​exam​ ​in​ ​May.​ ​A​ ​TI-84​ ​or​ ​TI-89 graphing​ ​calculator​ ​is​ ​required. *AB​ ​Calculus​ ​students​ ​may​ ​earn​ ​4​ ​or​ ​5​ ​credits​ ​which​ ​may​ ​be counted​ ​towards​ ​majors​ ​requiring​ ​calculus.

60

Class:​​ ​Precalculus Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1809A​ ​&​ ​1809B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Honors​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​or Algebra​ ​II​ ​and​ ​Functions​ ​and​ ​Trigonometry.​ ​If​ ​Functions​ ​& Trigonometry​ ​is​ ​being​ ​taken​ ​concurrently​ ​with​ ​Precalculus, it​ ​must​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​first​ ​or​ ​third​ ​term.

Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Precalculus​ ​is​ ​less​ ​rigorous​ ​than​ ​Honors​ ​Precalculus,​ ​but​ ​includes all​ ​typical​ ​Precalculus​ ​topics:​ ​master​ ​of​ ​algebraic​ ​manipulation functions​ ​(linear,​ ​polynomial,​ ​rational,​ ​exponential,​ ​logarithmic, and​ ​trigonometric),​ ​advanced​ ​trigonometry,​ ​analytic​ ​geometry, matrices,​ ​series​ ​and​ ​sequences,​ ​probability,​ ​limits​ ​and​ ​derivatives.

The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​incorporate​ ​theory,​ ​process​ ​and application.​ ​A​ ​graphing​ ​calculator​ ​is​ ​required.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​BC​ ​Calculus Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1861A​ ​&​ ​1861B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Honors​ ​Precalculus​ ​and/or consent​ ​of​ ​instructor Weighted​:​ ​Yes

This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​equivalent​ ​to​ ​two​ ​semesters​ ​of​ ​a​ ​college​ ​Calculus course.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​all​ ​the​ ​topics​ ​from​ ​the​ ​AB​ ​course,​ ​as well​ ​as​ ​techniques​ ​of​ ​integrations,​ ​Taylor​ ​Series,​ ​vectors,​ ​and​ ​polar and​ ​parametric​ ​functions.​ ​All​ ​students​ ​in​ ​this​ ​course​ ​are​ ​expected to​ ​take​ ​the​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​exam​ ​in​ ​May.​ ​A​ ​TI-89​ ​or​ ​TI ‘nspire​ ​ex​ ​CAS​ ​is​ ​required. *BC​ ​Calculus​ ​students​ ​may​ ​earn​ ​8​ ​to​ ​10​ ​credits​ ​depending​ ​on​ ​the University​ ​which​ ​may​ ​be​ ​counted​ ​towards​ ​majors​ ​requiring calculus.

61

MUSIC These​ ​courses​ ​can​ ​apply​ ​towards​ ​Practical/Fine​ ​Arts​ ​1.00​ ​credit​ ​requirement *A​ ​list​ ​of​ ​courses​ ​that​ ​will​ ​alternate​ ​with​ ​A/B​ ​music​ ​courses​ ​will​ ​be​ ​available​ ​before​ ​registration.

Band​ ​Enrollment

All​ ​incoming​ ​9th​ ​grade​ ​band​ ​students​ ​should​ ​register​ ​for​ ​Concert​ ​Band.​ ​Auditions​ ​for​ ​placement​ ​into​ ​the​ ​Symphonic​ ​Band​ ​and​ ​Wind Ensemble​ ​will​ ​occur​ ​by​ ​Mid-May​ ​of​ ​the​ ​preceding​ ​school​ ​year.

The​ ​typical​ ​sequence​ ​for​ ​band​ ​students​ ​is​ ​Concert​ ​Band​ ​as​ ​a​ ​freshman​ ​the​ ​Symphonic​ ​or​ ​Wind​ ​Ensemble​ ​based​ ​on​ ​placement​ ​after auditions​ ​in​ ​the​ ​sophomore,​ ​junior,​ ​and​ ​senior​ ​years.

Class:​​ ​Concert​ ​Band Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1901A​ ​Alt​ ​ ​&​ ​1901B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Recommendation​ ​of middle​ ​level​ ​instructor​ ​or​ ​consent​ ​of​ ​high​ ​school​ ​instructor Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00​ ​(additional​ ​fees​ ​may​ ​apply)

Concert​ ​Band​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​students​ ​an​ ​opportunity​ ​to perform​ ​and​ ​understand​ ​quality​ ​music​ ​in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​styles​ ​at​ ​a technically​ ​appropriate​ ​level.​ ​Possible​ ​literature​ ​includes​ ​works​ ​by Elliot​ ​Del​ ​Borgo,​ ​Robert​ ​Sheldon,​ ​CLifton​ ​Williams,​ ​henry Fillmore,​ ​Vaclav​ ​Nelhybel,​ ​and​ ​Gustav​ ​Holst.​ ​Instruction​ ​is provided​ ​to​ ​accommodate​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​needs​ ​with​ ​a​ ​goal​ ​of fostering​ ​independent​ ​musicianship​ ​and​ ​problem​ ​solving​ ​skills.

Through​ ​the​ ​rehearsal​ ​process,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​music​ ​from​ ​a theoretical,​ ​historical,​ ​cultural,​ ​technical,​ ​and​ ​esthetic​ ​perspective.

Obligations​ ​include​ ​concerts,​ ​home​ ​football​ ​games,​ ​basketball games,​ ​and​ ​parades​ ​as​ ​outlined​ ​in​ ​the​ ​course​ ​syllabus.​ ​Attendance is​ ​required​ ​at​ ​morning​ ​(before​ ​school)​ ​and​ ​occasional​ ​evening rehearsals.​ ​Commitment​ ​to​ ​the​ ​group​ ​is​ ​a​ ​basic​ ​expectations​ ​of this​ ​course.​ ​The​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​perform​ ​at​ ​a​ ​class​ ​B​ ​level​ ​is recommended.

Class:​​ ​Symphonic​ ​Band Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1907A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1907B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​audition​ ​only Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00

Symphonic​ ​Band​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​students​ ​an​ ​opportunity​ ​to perform​ ​and​ ​understand​ ​quality​ ​music​ ​in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​styles​ ​at​ ​a technically​ ​appropriate​ ​level.​ ​Possible​ ​literature​ ​includes​ ​works​ ​by Percy​ ​Grainger,​ ​Claude​ ​T.​ ​Smith,​ ​John​ ​Philip​ ​Sousa,​ ​Frank Tichelli,​ ​Alfred​ ​Reed,​ ​Vaughn​ ​Williams,​ ​and​ ​Gustav​ ​Holst.

Instruction​ ​is​ ​provided​ ​to​ ​accommodate​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​needs​ ​with​ ​a goal​ ​of​ ​fostering​ ​independent​ ​musicianship​ ​and​ ​problem​ ​solving skills.​ ​Through​ ​the​ ​rehearsal​ ​process,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​music from​ ​a​ ​theoretical,​ ​historical,​ ​cultural,​ ​technical,​ ​and​ ​aesthetic perspective.​ ​Obligations​ ​include​ ​concerts,​ ​home​ ​football​ ​games, basketball​ ​games,​ ​and​ ​parades​ ​as​ ​outlined​ ​in​ ​the​ ​course​ ​syllabus.

Attendance​ ​is​ ​required​ ​at​ ​morning​ ​(before​ ​school)​ ​and​ ​occasional evening​ ​rehearsals.​ ​Commitment​ ​to​ ​the​ ​group​ ​is​ ​a​ ​basic expectation​ ​of​ ​this​ ​course.​ ​the​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​perform​ ​at​ ​a​ ​class​ ​B​ ​level is​ ​recommended.

Class:​​ ​Wind​ ​Ensemble Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1905A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1905B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​audition​ ​only Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$30.00

The​ ​wind​ ​ensemble​ ​concept​ ​is​ ​based​ ​upon​ ​one​ ​instrumentalist​ ​to​ ​a​ ​part,​ ​developing​ ​a​ ​higher​ ​level​ ​of​ ​individual​ ​performance​ ​and accountability.​ ​The​ ​objective​ ​is​ ​to​ ​perform​ ​class​ ​A​ ​and​ ​other​ ​college​ ​level​ ​literature.​ ​Wind​ ​Ensemble​ ​members​ ​will​ ​perform​ ​at​ ​home football​ ​games,​ ​basketball​ ​games,​ ​parades,​ ​and​ ​concerts​ ​as​ ​outlines​ ​in​ ​the​ ​course​ ​syllabus.​ ​Attendance​ ​is​ ​required​ ​at​ ​morning​ ​(before school)​ ​and​ ​occasional​ ​evening​ ​rehearsals.​ ​Commitment​ ​to​ ​the​ ​group​ ​is​ ​a​ ​basic​ ​expectation​ ​of​ ​this​ ​course.​ ​The​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​play​ ​at​ ​a​ ​class A​ ​level​ ​is​ ​recommended.

Chorale​ ​Enrollment

All​ ​incoming​ ​9th​ ​grade​ ​female​ ​students​ ​should​ ​register​ ​for​ ​Treble​ ​Choir.​ ​All​ ​incoming​ ​9th​ ​grade​ ​male​ ​students​ ​should​ ​register​ ​for Concert​ ​Choir.​ ​Auditions​ ​for​ ​placement​ ​into​ ​the​ ​Chorale,​ ​Women’s​ ​Choir​ ​(BEHS)​ ​and​ ​Chamber​ ​Choir​ ​will​ ​occur​ ​before​ ​April​ ​of​ ​the preceding​ ​school​ ​year.​ ​Please​ ​note:​ ​Chorale​ ​courses​ ​are​ ​year​ ​long,​ ​cumulative​ ​experience.

The​ ​typical​ ​sequence​ ​for​ ​a​ ​female​ ​choir​ ​student​ ​is​ ​Treble​ ​Choir​ ​and​ ​then​ ​Concert​ ​Choir​ ​or​ ​audition​ ​into​ ​Chorale/Women’s Choir/Chamber​ ​Choir​ ​in​ ​their​ ​sophomore,​ ​junior,​ ​and​ ​senior​ ​years.​ ​The​ ​typical​ ​sequence​ ​for​ ​a​ ​male​ ​choir​ ​student​ ​is​ ​Concert​ ​Choir,​ ​and then​ ​auditions​ ​into​ ​Chorale/Chamber​ ​choir​ ​in​ ​their​ ​sophomore,​ ​junior,​ ​and​ ​senior​ ​years.

62

Class:​​ ​Treble​ ​Choir Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1902A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1902B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9th​ ​(female​ ​only) Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$25.00​ ​(BCHS),​ ​$69.00​ ​(BEHS)

Class:​​ ​Women’s​ ​Choir Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1908A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1908B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10th-12th​ ​female Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​audition​ ​only Weighted​:​ ​No​ ​(offered​ ​at​ ​BEHS​ ​only)

Class:​​ ​Concert​ ​Choir Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1903A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1903B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9th​ ​male​ ​only;​ ​10th-12th​ ​female Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$25.00​ ​(BCHS),​ ​$69​ ​(BEHS​ ​female​ ​new​ ​choir​ ​members​ ​only)

Class:​​ ​Chamber​ ​Choir Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1906A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1906B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10th​ ​-​ ​12th Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​audition​ ​only Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$75.00​ ​(BCHS)

The​ ​students​ ​will​ ​build​ ​a​ ​solid​ ​foundation​ ​in​ ​vocal​ ​technique, improve​ ​sight-reading​ ​skills,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​an​ ​in​ ​depth study​ ​of​ ​music​ ​theory​ ​and​ ​history.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​be​ ​given​ ​the opportunity​ ​to​ ​explore​ ​all​ ​aspects​ ​of​ ​choral​ ​literature​ ​including sacred,​ ​secular,​ ​pop,​ ​and​ ​jazz.​ ​In-school​ ​mass​ ​rehearsals,​ ​dress rehearsals,​ ​and​ ​concerts​ ​are​ ​mandatory​.​ ​Each​ ​student​ ​must purchase​ ​portions​ ​of​ ​the​ ​choir​ ​uniform.

The​ ​students​ ​will​ ​have​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​refine​ ​vocal​ ​technique, improve​ ​sight-reading​ ​skills,​ ​broaden​ ​music​ ​theory​ ​background and​ ​explore​ ​music​ ​history.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​be​ ​given​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to perform​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​choral​ ​literature​ ​including​ ​sacred,​ ​secular, pop,​ ​and​ ​jazz.​ ​In-school​ ​mass​ ​rehearsals,​ ​dress​ ​rehearsals,​ ​and concerts​ ​are​ ​mandatory​.​ ​Each​ ​student​ ​must​ ​purchase​ ​portions​ ​of the​ ​choir​ ​uniform.

Women’s​ ​Ensemble​ ​is​ ​comprised​ ​of​ ​auditioned​ ​singers​ ​in​ ​grades 10-12.​ ​The​ ​members​ ​study​ ​vocal​ ​literature​ ​comparable​ ​to​ ​that​ ​of college​ ​choirs.​ ​The​ ​students​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​refine​ ​vocal technique,​ ​improve​ ​sight-reading​ ​skills,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​an​ ​in depth​ ​study​ ​of​ ​music​ ​theory​ ​and​ ​history.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​be​ ​given​ ​the opportunity​ ​to​ ​explore​ ​all​ ​aspects​ ​of​ ​choral​ ​literature​ ​including sacred,​ ​secular,​ ​pop​ ​and​ ​jazz.​ ​In-school​ ​mass​ ​rehearsals,​ ​dress rehearsals,​ ​and​ ​concerts​ ​are​ ​mandatory​.​ ​Each​ ​student​ ​must purchase​ ​portions​ ​of​ ​the​ ​choir​ ​uniform.

Chamber​ ​Choir​ ​is​ ​comprised​ ​of​ ​auditioned​ ​singers​ ​in​ ​grades 10-12.​ ​A​ ​main​ ​focus​ ​of​ ​this​ ​course​ ​is​ ​the​ ​development​ ​of independent​ ​musicianship​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​advanced,​ ​college level​ ​choral​ ​literature.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​refine​ ​vocal technique​ ​and​ ​sight-reading​ ​skills,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​engaging​ ​in​ ​a​ ​more in-depth​ ​study​ ​of​ ​music​ ​theory​ ​and​ ​history​ ​as​ ​it​ ​relates​ ​to​ ​current repertoire.​ ​ ​In-school​ ​mass​ ​rehearsals,​ ​dress​ ​rehearsals,​ ​and concerts​ ​are​ ​mandatory.​ ​Overnight​ ​travel​ ​and​ ​appearances​ ​at colleges,​ ​festivals​ ​and​ ​conventions​ ​are​ ​all​ ​frequently​ ​a​ ​part​ ​of this​ ​curriculum.​ ​Participation​ ​in​ ​these​ ​appearances​ ​is​ ​a mandatory​ ​expectations​ ​of​ ​this​ ​course.

Orchestra​ ​Enrollment

All​ ​incoming​ ​9th​ ​grade​ ​orchestra​ ​students​ ​should​ ​register​ ​for​ ​Symphony​ ​Orchestra.​ ​Auditions​ ​for​ ​placement​ ​into​ ​the​ ​Chamber​ ​Orchestra will​ ​occur​ ​before​ ​April​ ​of​ ​the​ ​preceding​ ​school​ ​year.

The​ ​typical​ ​sequence​ ​for​ ​Orchestra​ ​students​ ​is​ ​Symphony​ ​Orchestra​ ​and​ ​then​ ​audition​ ​for​ ​Chamber​ ​Orchestra​ ​in​ ​their​ ​sophomore,​ ​junior, and​ ​senior​ ​years.

63

Class:​​ ​Symphony​ ​Orchestra Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1904A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1904B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9th​ ​-​ ​12th Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Recommendation​ ​of middle​ ​school​ ​instructor​ ​or​ ​consent​ ​of​ ​instructor Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00​ ​-​ ​$60.00

Symphony​ ​Orchestra​ ​is​ ​the​ ​cornerstone​ ​of​ ​the​ ​High​ ​School orchestra​ ​program.​ ​Literature​ ​of​ ​all​ ​styles​ ​and​ ​periods​ ​will​ ​be explored​ ​and​ ​performed,​ ​up​ ​to​ ​and​ ​including​ ​Class​ ​“A”​ ​level.

Significant​ ​effort​ ​toward​ ​the​ ​advancement​ ​of​ ​both​ ​individual​ ​and ensemble​ ​techniques​ ​is​ ​the​ ​focus​ ​of​ ​this​ ​ensemble:​ ​the demonstration​ ​of​ ​musical​ ​growth​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year​ ​is expected​ ​through​ ​study​ ​and​ ​individual​ ​practice.​ ​A​ ​strong commitment​ ​to​ ​the​ ​High​ ​School​ ​orchestra​ ​program​ ​is​ ​basic​ ​to​ ​this class.​ ​P​articipation​ ​in​ ​concerts,​ ​festivals,​ ​in-school​ ​dress rehearsals​ ​and​ ​mass​ ​rehearsals​ ​is​ ​mandatory​.​ ​A​ ​program entitled​ ​Smart​ ​Music​​ ​will​ ​be​ ​utilized​ ​for​ ​learning​ ​by​ ​all Symphony​ ​members.​ ​The​ ​program​ ​subscription​ ​cost​ ​is​ ​$40​ ​for​ ​one full​ ​year.

Class:​​ ​Chamber​ ​Orchestra Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1909A​ ​Alt​ ​&​ ​1909B​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​1.0​ ​(meets​ ​all​ ​year​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10th​ ​-​ ​12th Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​By​ ​audition​ ​only Weighted​:​ ​No​ ​(Offered​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​only) Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$40.00

Chamber​ ​Orchestra​ ​is​ ​a​ ​small,​ ​auditioned​ ​group​ ​of​ ​advanced performers​ ​who​ ​study​ ​and​ ​perform​ ​music​ ​of​ ​all​ ​styles​ ​and​ ​periods: Class​ ​“A”​ ​and​ ​college​ ​level​ ​literature​ ​is​ ​the​ ​core​ ​focus​ ​of​ ​this intense​ ​program.​ ​Potential​ ​members​ ​of​ ​this​ ​ensemble​ ​must​ ​be​ ​able to​ ​demonstrate​ ​a​ ​high​ ​level​ ​of​ ​individual​ ​performance​ ​and​ ​have​ ​a strong​ ​personal​ ​commitment​ ​to​ ​the​ ​High​ ​School​ ​orchestra program.​ ​Participation​ ​in​ ​concerts,​ ​festivals,​ ​in-school​ ​dress rehearsals​ ​and​ ​mass​ ​rehearsals​ ​is​ ​mandatory.

The​ ​following​ ​courses​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​both​ ​the​ ​novice​ ​and advanced​ ​musician​ ​and​ ​do​ ​not​ ​require​ ​the​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​play​ ​an instrument.

Class:​​ ​Music​ ​Theory​ ​Fundamentals Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1912​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​0.5​ ​(meets​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule​ ​for​ ​two terms) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​is​ ​a​ ​non-performance​ ​class​ ​for​ ​the​ ​general​ ​school​ ​population and​ ​those​ ​music​ ​students​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​majoring​ ​in​ ​music.​ ​Students will​ ​explore​ ​and​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​traditional​ ​compositional,​ ​ear-training and​ ​sight-signing​ ​skills​ ​that​ ​are​ ​required​ ​of​ ​music​ ​courses​ ​at​ ​the college​ ​level.

Class:​​ ​Introduction​ ​to​ ​Music​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​Composition Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1911​ ​Alt Credit​:​ ​0.5​ ​(meets​ ​on​ ​alternating​ ​day​ ​schedule​ ​for​ ​two terms) Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

A​ ​non-performance​ ​class​ ​for​ ​the​ ​general​ ​school​ ​population​ ​to​ ​gain an​ ​understanding​ ​and​ ​appreciation​ ​for​ ​the​ ​complexities​ ​of​ ​music composition.​ ​The​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​basic​ ​music​ ​notation.​ ​They will​ ​compose​ ​their​ ​own​ ​rock,​ ​jazz,​ ​blues,​ ​and​ ​pop​ ​songs.​ ​They will​ ​record​ ​these​ ​compositions​ ​and​ ​burn​ ​a​ ​CD​ ​of​ ​their compositions.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​present​ ​their​ ​compositions​ ​as​ ​a​ ​final project.

64

PHYSICAL​ ​EDUCATION 1.5​ ​credits​ ​of​ ​Physical​ ​Education​ ​is​ ​required​ ​for​ ​graduation​ ​and​ ​should​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​over​ ​the​ ​course​ ​of​ ​3​ ​separate​ ​years Physical​ ​Education​ ​9 Physical​ ​Education​ ​9​ ​is​ ​a​ ​graduation​ ​requirement​ ​for​ ​all​ ​students​ ​and​ ​a​ ​prerequisite​ ​for​ ​all​ ​upper​ ​level​ ​physical​ ​education courses.​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​which​ ​is​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​School​ ​District​ ​of​ ​Elmbrook​ ​Summer​ ​School​ ​program​ ​is​ ​an​ ​equivalent​ ​class​ ​to​ ​Physical Education​ ​9,​ ​but​ ​if​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​is​ ​taken​ ​in​ ​the​ ​summer,​ ​no​ ​physical​ ​education​ ​course​ ​taken​ ​the​ ​next​ ​school​ ​year​ ​will​ ​be​ ​counted toward​ ​the​ ​graduation​ ​requirement.

The​ ​Following​ ​are​ ​Choices​ ​for​ ​PE​ ​Courses​ ​in​ ​Grades​ ​10-12 Students​ ​in​ ​grades​ ​10-12​ ​must​ ​complete​ ​1​ ​additional​ ​credit​ ​(2​ ​classes)​ ​of​ ​physical​ ​education​ ​coursework​ ​to​ ​meet​ ​the​ ​state and​ ​district​ ​graduation​ ​requirement.​ ​To​ ​meet​ ​the​ ​graduation​ ​requirement,​ ​the​ ​physical​ ​education​ ​courses​ ​must​ ​be taken​ ​at​ ​least​ ​one​ ​school​ ​year​ ​apart​ ​and​ ​a​ ​course​ ​may​ ​only​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​one​ ​time​ ​except​ ​where​ ​noted​ ​in​ ​the​ ​course offering​ ​guide​.​ ​All​ ​PE​ ​courses​ ​except​ ​for​ ​Exercise​ ​Physiology​ ​will​ ​have​ ​a​ ​swimming​ ​unit​ ​and​ ​fitness​ ​assessment component.​ ​For​ ​each​ ​class,​ ​the​ ​swimming​ ​unit​ ​may​ ​be​ ​comprised​ ​of​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​water​ ​games​ ​as​ ​determined​ ​by the​ ​teacher​ ​of​ ​the​ ​course.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​fitness​ ​tested​ ​for​ ​cardiovascular​ ​endurance,​ ​muscle​ ​endurance,​ ​flexibility,​ ​agility and​ ​muscular​ ​strength.​ ​The​ ​FITNESSGRAM​ ​PACER​ ​Test​ ​is​ ​a​ ​common​ ​assessment​ ​across​ ​all​ ​classes​ ​and​ ​is​ ​assessed​ ​three times​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​term.

PE​ ​9 .5​ ​credit Grade​ ​9 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s): none

Variety​ ​Sports .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):

PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent

Outdoor​ ​Pursuits .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s): 1​ ​credit​ ​of​ ​PE

Lifetime​ ​Sports .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):

PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent

Ultimate​ ​Strength​ ​&​ ​Conditioning .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):

PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent

Course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​multiple​ ​times Sports​ ​Officiating .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):

PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent

Personal​ ​Fitness​ ​&​ ​Wellness .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):

PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent

Course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​multiple​ ​times Team​ ​&​ ​Racquet​ ​Sports .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):

PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent

Advanced​ ​Team​ ​&​ ​Individual​ ​Sports .5​ ​credit Grade​ ​12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s): Senior​ ​only,​ ​1.5​ ​credits​ ​in​ ​PE

Lifeguarding .5​ ​credit Grades​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s):

PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent

must​ ​be​ ​at​ ​least​ ​15​ ​years​ ​old​ ​during

65

Class:​​ ​PE​ ​09 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2001 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 HG&D​ ​Instruction​:​ ​Grade​ ​10​ ​HG&D​ ​Instruction​ ​on​ ​abuse prevention​ ​occurs​ ​during​ ​the​ ​later​ ​part​ ​of​ ​the​ ​semester Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Lifetime​ ​Sports Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2015 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$25.00​ ​-​ ​$55.00

Class:​​ ​Personal​ ​Fitness​ ​&​ ​Wellness​ ​(repeatable​ ​course) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2016 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$15.00​ ​-​ ​$50.00

Class:​​ ​Variety​ ​Sports Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2013 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​Equivalent Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00​ ​-​ ​$35.00

Class:​​ ​Ultimate​ ​Strength​ ​and​ ​Conditioning​ ​(repeatable course) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2019 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Team​ ​and​ ​Racquet​ ​Sports Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2008 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent Weighted​:​ ​No

Students​ ​are​ ​introduced​ ​to​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​physical​ ​education activities​ ​so​ ​that​ ​they​ ​may​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​and​ ​explore​ ​areas of​ ​interest.​ ​The​ ​five​ ​components​ ​of​ ​health-related​ ​fitness,​ ​team sports,​ ​individual​ ​and​ ​dual​ ​activities,​ ​swimming,​ ​and​ ​team building​ ​activities​ ​are​ ​explored​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course.​ ​In​ ​addition, students​ ​will​ ​set​ ​fitness​ ​goals,​ ​develop​ ​fitness​ ​plans,​ ​and​ ​regularly assess​ ​their​ ​progress​ ​toward​ ​fitness​ ​goals.

This​ ​course​ ​assists​ ​students​ ​in​ ​designing​ ​and​ ​monitoring​ ​a personalized​ ​workout​ ​and​ ​wellness​ ​plan.​ ​Unlike​ ​traditional physical​ ​education​ ​classes,​ ​Personal​ ​Fitness​ ​&​ ​Wellness​ ​leverages current​ ​fitness​ ​trends​ ​like​ ​group​ ​exercise,​ ​HIIT,​ ​yoga,​ ​Pilates, zumba​ ​and​ ​weight​ ​training​ ​to​ ​help​ ​achieve​ ​a​ ​personal​ ​fitness​ ​and wellness​ ​goal.​ ​Topics​ ​such​ ​as​ ​nutrition,​ ​hydration,​ ​sleep​ ​habits, and​ ​stress​ ​management​ ​for​ ​optimal​ ​personal​ ​well-being​ ​will​ ​be covered​ ​on​ ​a​ ​regular​ ​basis.​ ​There​ ​are​ ​also​ ​field​ ​trips​ ​to​ ​local fitness​ ​facilities​ ​to​ ​enhance​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​experience.​ ​*There​ ​will be​ ​a​ ​fee​ ​associated​ ​with​ ​all​ ​field​ ​trips.

This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​students​ ​that​ ​would​ ​like​ ​to​ ​create​ ​and manage​ ​their​ ​own​ ​personal​ ​fitness​ ​plans.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be introduced​ ​to​ ​concepts​ ​of​ ​program​ ​design​ ​such​ ​as​ ​selection​ ​and arrangement​ ​of​ ​exercises,​ ​determining​ ​sets,​ ​reps,​ ​and​ ​loads,​ ​and the​ ​monitoring​ ​and​ ​testing​ ​of​ ​physical​ ​performance.​ ​Students​ ​will also​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​a​ ​battery​ ​of​ ​health-related​ ​fitness​ ​tests​ ​to​ ​assess their​ ​individual​ ​fitness​ ​levels​ ​and​ ​create​ ​a​ ​foundation​ ​for personalization​ ​of​ ​their​ ​own​ ​fitness​ ​plans.​ C ​ ardiovascular​​ ​exercise will​ ​also​ ​be​ ​included​ ​to​ ​round​ ​out​ ​a​ ​complete​ ​fitness​ ​plan.

Lifetime​ ​Sports​ ​emphasizes​ ​activities​ ​that​ ​are​ ​fun​ ​for​ ​all​ ​ages​ ​and combine​ ​physical​ ​skill​ ​with​ ​a​ ​relaxing​ ​social​ ​component.​ ​Students will​ ​have​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​explore​ ​sports​ ​not​ ​common​ ​in prerequisite​ ​physical​ ​education​ ​classes.​ ​In​ ​an​ ​effort​ ​to​ ​continually build​ ​on​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​fitness​ ​level,​ ​FITNESSGRAM​ ​testing​ ​and activities​ ​related​ ​to​ ​the​ ​five​ ​components​ ​of​ ​fitness​ ​will​ ​be incorporated​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​term.​ ​Additionally,​ ​this​ ​class​ ​will spend​ ​a​ ​portion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​term​ ​in​ ​the​ ​pool​ ​reviewing​ ​strokes​ ​and playing​ ​water​ ​based​ ​games.​ ​*The​ ​class​ ​may​ ​participate​ ​in​ ​several out​ ​of​ ​school​ ​field​ ​trips​ ​which​ ​have​ ​minimal​ ​fees.​ ​These​ ​field trips​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​enhance​ ​the​ ​students’​ ​experience​ ​in​ ​the course.

The​ ​emphasis​ ​in​ ​Variety​ ​sports​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​the​ ​rules​ ​and​ ​skills necessary​ ​to​ ​play​ ​at​ ​a​ ​competitive​ ​level.​ ​The​ ​sports​ ​that​ ​are​ ​played will​ ​be​ ​non-traditional,​ ​with​ ​the​ ​exception​ ​of​ ​some​ ​racquet​ ​sports.

Emphasis​ ​is​ ​also​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​attainment​ ​of​ ​lifetime​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​sports for​ ​recreational​ ​participation.​ ​In​ ​an​ ​effort​ ​to​ ​continually​ ​build​ ​on the​ ​student’s​ ​fitness​ ​level,​ ​FITNESSGRAM​ ​testing​ ​and​ ​activities related​ ​to​ ​the​ ​five​ ​components​ ​of​ ​fitness​ ​will​ ​be​ ​incorporated throughout​ ​the​ ​term.​ ​The​ ​instruction​ ​is​ ​fast​ ​paced​ ​and​ ​students will​ ​be​ ​competing​ ​in​ ​games​ ​on​ ​a​ ​daily​ ​basis.​ ​Additionally,​ ​this class​ ​will​ ​spend​ ​a​ ​portion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​term​ ​in​ ​the​ ​pool​ ​reviewing strokes​ ​and​ ​playing​ ​water​ ​based​ ​games.

The​ ​emphasis​ ​in​ ​Team​ ​and​ ​Racquet​ ​Sports​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​the​ ​rules and​ ​skills​ ​necessary​ ​to​ ​play​ ​at​ ​a​ ​competitive​ ​level.​ ​Emphasis​ ​is also​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​attainment​ ​of​ ​lifetime​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​sports​ ​for recreational​ ​participation.​ ​In​ ​an​ ​effort​ ​to​ ​continually​ ​build​ ​on​ ​the student’s​ ​fitness​ ​level,​ ​FITNESSGRAM​ ​testing​ ​and​ ​activities related​ ​to​ ​the​ ​five​ ​components​ ​of​ ​fitness​ ​will​ ​be​ ​incorporated throughout​ ​the​ ​term.​ ​The​ ​instruction​ ​is​ ​fast​ ​paced​ ​and​ ​students will​ ​be​ ​competing​ ​in​ ​games​ ​on​ ​a​ ​daily​ ​basis.​ ​Additionally,​ ​this class​ ​will​ ​spend​ ​a​ ​portion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​term​ ​in​ ​the​ ​pool​ ​reviewing strokes​ ​and​ ​playing​ ​water​ ​based​ ​games.

66

Class:​​ ​Outdoor​ ​Pursuits Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2006 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​and​ ​Junior/Senior Status Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$55.00​ ​-​ ​$95.00

Class:​​ ​Sports​ ​Officiating Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2020 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​PE​ ​9​ ​or​ ​equivalent Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$15.00​ ​-​ ​$50.00

Class:​​ ​Advanced​ ​Team​ ​and​ ​Individual​ ​Sports Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2021 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​1.5​ ​credits​ ​in​ ​Physical Education​ ​courses.

Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$0.00​ ​-​ ​$20.00

.​Class:​​ ​Lifeguarding Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2004 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​PE​ ​9,​ ​Age​ ​15​ ​prior​ ​to​ ​end​ ​of​ ​course Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Level​ ​V​ ​swimming​ ​ability Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$25.00;​ ​additional​ ​$35.00​ ​for certification

Outdoor​ ​Pursuits​ ​offers​ ​classroom​ ​and​ ​field​ ​experience​ ​in​ ​the areas​ ​of​ ​archery,​ ​team​ ​building,​ ​canoeing,​ ​fishing,​ ​rock​ ​climbing, frisbee​ ​golf,​ ​mountain​ ​biking,​ ​scuba​ ​diving,​ ​survival​ ​skills,​ ​rope tying​ ​and​ ​outdoor​ ​living.​ ​Activities​ ​are​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​teach​ ​students lifetime​ ​physical​ ​and​ ​recreational​ ​skills,​ ​providing​ ​an understanding​ ​of​ ​and​ ​respect​ ​for​ ​the​ ​environment​ ​in​ ​which​ ​these activities​ ​occur.​ ​*The​ ​class​ ​will​ ​participate​ ​in​ ​several​ ​out​ ​of school​ ​field​ ​trips​ ​which​ ​require​ ​fees.​ ​These​ ​field​ ​trips​ ​are designed​ ​to​ ​enhance​ ​the​ ​students’​ ​experience​ ​in​ ​the​ ​course.

This​ ​physical​ ​education​ ​class​ ​includes​ ​experience​ ​in​ ​more advanced​ ​and​ ​complex​ ​motor​ ​skills.​ ​Emphasis​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​on student​ ​choice​ ​for​ ​individuals​ ​and​ ​team​ ​games​ ​and​ ​the​ ​attainment of​ ​lifetime​ ​skills​ ​for​ ​recreational​ ​participation​ ​in​ ​small​ ​and​ ​large group​ ​situations.​ ​The​ ​majority​ ​of​ ​the​ ​time​ ​will​ ​be​ ​spent​ ​on​ ​game play​ ​and​ ​tournament-type​ ​competition​ ​with​ ​students​ ​acting​ ​as facilitators​ ​of​ ​game​ ​and​ ​tournament​ ​play.​ ​In​ ​an​ ​effort​ ​to continually​ ​build​ ​on​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​fitness​ ​level,​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​fitness based​ ​activities​ ​will​ ​be​ ​integrated​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​term.

Sports​ ​Officiating​ ​will​ ​help​ ​students​ ​gain​ ​knowledge​ ​and understanding​ ​of​ ​rules​ ​and​ ​officiating​ ​techniques​ ​for​ ​youth​ ​sports while​ ​developing​ ​their​ ​own​ ​fitness​ ​through​ ​participation​ ​in team-based​ ​sports.​ ​This​ ​class​ ​will​ ​consist​ ​of​ ​both​ ​a​ ​classroom learning​ ​component​ ​(aimed​ ​toward​ ​rules,​ ​signals,​ ​officiating conduct,​ ​etc.)​ ​and​ ​daily​ ​opportunities​ ​for​ ​fitness​ ​and​ ​exercise.

Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​provided​ ​several​ ​opportunities​ ​to​ ​officiate​ ​games during​ ​class​ ​time.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​prepare​ ​students​ ​for​ ​potential employment​ ​as​ ​a​ ​sports​ ​official.

The​ ​purpose​ ​of​ ​the​ ​American​ ​Red​ ​Cross​ ​Lifeguarding​ ​course​ ​is​ ​to provide​ ​entry-level​ ​lifeguarding​ ​participants​ ​with​ ​the​ ​knowledge and​ ​skills​ ​to​ ​prevent,​ ​recognize​ ​and​ ​respond​ ​to​ ​aquatic emergencies​ ​and​ ​to​ ​provide​ ​care​ ​for​ ​breathing​ ​and​ ​cardiac emergencies,​ ​injuries​ ​and​ ​sudden​ ​illness​ ​until​ ​emergency​ ​medical services​ ​(EMS)​ ​personnel​ ​take​ ​over.​ ​Our​ ​Lifeguarding​ ​course offers​ ​students​ ​the​ ​chance​ ​to​ ​achieve​ ​Red​ ​Cross​ ​certification​ ​in Lifeguarding.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​various​ ​lifeguarding​ ​skills,​ ​CPR for​ ​the​ ​Professional​ ​Rescuer,​ ​and​ ​First​ ​Aid.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​have​ ​a chance​ ​to​ ​refine​ ​rescue​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​work​ ​on​ ​swimming​ ​endurance.

Students​ ​must​ ​turn​ ​15​ ​years​ ​old​ ​by​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​term​ ​that​ ​they are​ ​taking​ ​the​ ​class.

67

SCIENCE Three​ ​(3.0)​ ​credits​ ​of​ ​science​ ​are​ ​required​ ​for​ ​graduation.

Please​ ​note​ ​that​ ​most​ ​universities​ ​suggest​ ​students​ ​take​ ​Biology​ ​and​ ​2​ ​credits​ ​of​ ​Physical​ ​Science (Chemistry,​ ​Geology,​ ​Astronomy​ ​&​ ​Meteorology,​ ​Physics,​ ​AP​ ​Chemistry,​ ​AP​ ​Physics) Class:​​ ​Anatomy​ ​and​ ​Physiology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2101A​ ​&​ ​2101B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Successful​ ​completion​ ​of biology Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​Biology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2103A​ ​&​ ​2103B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Astronomy​ ​&​ ​Meteorology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2114 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Biology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2160A​ ​&​ ​2160B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Successfully​ ​completing Biology​ ​and​ ​Chemistry​ ​is​ ​strongly​ ​recommended Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Anatomy​ ​and​ ​Physiology​ ​is​ ​an​ ​advanced​ ​biology​ ​course​ ​designed to​ ​expose​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​form​ ​and​ ​function​ ​of​ ​the​ ​human​ ​body with​ ​an​ ​emphasis​ ​on​ ​structures,​ ​interactions,​ ​and​ ​cellular components.​ ​Extensive​ ​use​ ​and​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​vocabulary, including​ ​medical​ ​terminology,​ ​is​ ​emphasized​ ​throughout​ ​the course.

Astronomy​ ​will​ ​include​ ​the​ ​origin​ ​and​ ​history​ ​of​ ​the​ ​universe,​ ​the formation​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Earth,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​solar​ ​system.​ ​Many​ ​standard conceptual​ ​astronomy​ ​topics​ ​such​ ​as​ ​planets,​ ​stars,​ ​galaxies​ ​and more​ ​intriguing​ ​topics​ ​such​ ​as​ ​the​ ​origin​ ​of​ ​the​ ​planet​ ​and​ ​the search​ ​for​ ​extraterrestrial​ ​intelligence​ ​will​ ​be​ ​discussed.​ ​We​ ​will also​ ​study​ ​Meteorology​ ​which​ ​will​ ​include​ ​atmospheric​ ​makeup, water​ ​in​ ​the​ ​atmosphere,​ ​storm​ ​systems,​ ​and​ ​weather.

Class:​​ ​Biology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2102A​ ​&​ ​2102B Credit​:​ ​01.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Biology​ ​is​ ​a​ ​laboratory​ ​science​ ​course​ ​that​ ​investigates​ ​the relationship​ ​between​ ​structure​ ​and​ ​function​ ​from​ ​molecules​ ​to organisms​ ​and​ ​systems,​ ​the​ ​interdependence​ ​and​ ​interactions​ ​of biotic​ ​and​ ​abiotic​ ​components​ ​of​ ​the​ ​environment,​ ​and mechanisms​ ​that​ ​maintain​ ​continuity​ ​and​ ​lead​ ​to​ ​changes​ ​in populations​ ​over​ ​time.​ ​Students​ ​explore​ ​biological​ ​concepts through​ ​an​ ​inquiry​ ​approach.​ ​Honors​ ​Biology​ ​is​ ​a​ ​faster​ ​paced course​ ​and​ ​provides​ ​a​ ​more​ ​expanded​ ​curriculum​ ​(compared​ ​to biology)​ ​and​ ​will​ ​provide​ ​more​ ​challenge​ ​for​ ​the​ ​self-directed learner.

AP​ ​Biology​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​be​ ​the​ ​equivalent​ ​of​ ​a​ ​College Introductory​ ​Biology​ ​Course​ ​taken​ ​by​ ​biology​ ​majors​ ​during​ ​their first​ ​year.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​differs​ ​significantly​ ​from​ ​the​ ​usual​ ​high school​ ​biology​ ​course​ ​in​ ​respect​ ​to​ ​the​ ​textbook​ ​used,​ ​the​ ​range and​ ​depth​ ​of​ ​topics​ ​covered,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​time​ ​and​ ​effort​ ​required.​ ​A heavy​ ​emphasis​ ​will​ ​be​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​inquiry​ ​based​ ​laboratory investigations.​ ​For​ ​each​ ​big​ ​idea​ ​students​ ​will​ ​design​ ​and​ ​execute at​ ​least​ ​two​ ​laboratory​ ​investigations.​ ​All​ ​investigations​ ​and activities​ ​will​ ​emphasize​ ​the​ ​seven​ ​science​ ​practices​ ​that​ ​are designed​ ​to​ ​deepen​ ​students​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​each​ ​big​ ​idea​ ​and allow​ ​connections​ ​to​ ​be​ ​made​ ​between​ ​each​ ​one.​ ​AP​ ​Biology​ ​will provide​ ​opportunities​ ​for​ ​students​ ​to​ ​develop,​ ​record,​ ​and communicate​ ​the​ ​results​ ​of​ ​laboratory​ ​investigations.

Biology​ ​is​ ​a​ ​laboratory​ ​science​ ​course​ ​that​ ​investigates​ ​the relationship​ ​between​ ​structure​ ​and​ ​function​ ​from​ ​molecules​ ​to organisms​ ​and​ ​systems,​ ​the​ ​interdependence​ ​and​ ​interactions​ ​of biotic​ ​and​ ​abiotic​ ​components​ ​of​ ​the​ ​environment,​ ​and mechanisms​ ​that​ ​maintain​ ​continuity​ ​and​ ​lead​ ​to​ ​changes​ ​in population​ ​over​ ​time.​ ​Students​ ​explore​ ​biological​ ​concepts through​ ​an​ ​inquiry​ ​approach.

68

Class:​​ ​Marine​ ​Biology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2104 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Biology Weighted​:​ ​No

In​ ​Marine​ ​Biology,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​focus​ ​their​ ​studies​ ​on​ ​three​ ​main areas:​ ​the​ ​environment,​ ​biological​ ​diversity​ ​and​ ​ecology.​ ​The​ ​first area​ ​of​ ​study​ ​focuses​ ​on​ ​the​ ​abiotic​ ​environment​ ​surrounding aquatic​ ​organisms​ ​and​ ​relates​ ​to​ ​the​ ​geological,​ ​physical​ ​and chemical​ ​aspects​ ​to​ ​biological​ ​structures​ ​and​ ​functions.​ ​Animal diversity​ ​introduces​ ​aquatic​ ​organisms​ ​and​ ​how​ ​natural​ ​selection has​ ​resulted​ ​in​ ​a​ ​broad​ ​spectrum​ ​of​ ​plants​ ​and​ ​animals.​ ​Ecology integrates​ ​and​ ​unifies​ ​the​ ​first​ ​two.​ ​It​ ​depicts​ ​the​ ​complex interrelationships​ ​of​ ​aquatic​ ​life.

Class:​​ ​Chemistry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2105A​ ​&​ ​2105B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​I Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00

General​ ​Chemistry​ ​introduces​ ​students​ ​to​ ​chemistry​ ​and​ ​provides the​ ​foundation​ ​for​ ​a​ ​college​ ​chemistry​ ​experience.​ ​Students​ ​will work​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​problem-solving​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​the​ ​math​ ​necessary​ ​to carry​ ​out​ ​scientific​ ​calculations.​ ​Topics​ ​studied​ ​include:​ ​chemical and​ ​physical​ ​change,​ ​conversions,​ ​atomic​ ​models,​ ​the​ ​mole concepts,​ ​electron​ ​configurations,​ ​periodic​ ​law,​ ​chemical bonding,​ ​naming​ ​compounds,​ ​writing​ ​formulas,​ ​reaction​ ​types, stoichiometry,​ ​gas​ ​laws,​ ​kinetic​ ​molecular​ ​theory,​ ​heat​ ​changes​ ​in reactions,​ ​and​ ​solution​ ​chemistry.​ ​Tests,​ ​quizzes,​ ​and​ ​lab activities​ ​require​ ​students​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​competent​ ​algebraic math​ ​skills​ ​along​ ​with​ ​critical,​ ​analytical​ ​and​ ​abstract​ ​thought.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Chemistry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2161A​ ​&​ ​2161B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Successful​ ​completion​ ​of or​ ​concurrent​ ​with​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​and​ ​General​ ​Chemistry Weighted​:​ ​Yes Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

AP​ ​Chemistry​ ​is​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​have​ ​the​ ​willingness​ ​and​ ​ability to​ ​meet​ ​the​ ​academic​ ​challenges​ ​of​ ​a​ ​full​ ​college​ ​chemistry course.​ ​The​ ​focus​ ​of​ ​the​ ​class​ ​is​ ​to​ ​prepare​ ​students​ ​for​ ​the​ ​AP Chemistry​ ​exam,​ ​which​ ​is​ ​taken​ ​in​ ​May,​ ​to​ ​potentially​ ​earn college​ ​credit.​ ​This​ ​rigorous​ ​course​ ​requires​ ​extensive study/preparation​ ​outside​ ​of​ ​the​ ​classroom​ ​and​ ​emphasizes​ ​strong chemical/mathematical​ ​relationships​ ​and​ ​in-depth​ ​analysis​ ​of chemical​ ​reactions.​ ​The​ ​AP​ ​Chemistry​ ​course​ ​requires​ ​students​ ​to research​ ​and​ ​investigate​ ​chemical​ ​principles​ ​in​ ​the​ ​laboratory, while​ ​developing​ ​precise,​ ​effective​ ​lab​ ​techniques.

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​Chemistry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2106A​ ​&​ ​2106B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Algebra​ ​II​ ​concurrent enrollment Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$10.00

In​ ​Honors​ ​Chemistry​ ​students​ ​will​ ​work​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​skills​ ​in scientific​ ​calculations​ ​and​ ​problem-solving​ ​techniques.​ ​Beyond the​ ​general​ ​chemistry​ ​curriculum,​ ​honor​ ​students​ ​will​ ​study quantum​ ​theory,​ ​thermodynamics,​ ​kinetics,​ ​acid-base​ ​reactions, pH,​ ​indicators,​ ​titrations,​ ​and​ ​advanced​ ​stoichiometric​ ​relations with​ ​more​ ​sophisticated,​ ​multi-step​ ​problems.​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​each unit​ ​is​ ​explored​ ​in​ ​greater​ ​depth​ ​and​ ​at​ ​a​ ​faster​ ​pace​ ​than​ ​the general​ ​chemistry​ ​course.​ ​Tests,​ ​quizzes,​ ​and​ ​lab​ ​reports​ ​require students​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​strong​ ​math​ ​skills​ ​along​ ​with​ ​critical, analytical​ ​and​ ​abstract​ ​thought.

Class:​​ ​Organic​ ​Chemistry Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2107A​ ​&​ ​2107B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Regular​ ​or​ ​Honors Chemistry Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Organic​ ​Chemistry​ ​is​ ​a​ ​comprehensive​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​the chemistry​ ​of​ ​carbon.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​work​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​skills​ ​and understanding​ ​of​ ​current​ ​ideas​ ​of​ ​bonding​ ​and​ ​structure,​ ​major reaction​ ​mechanisms​ ​and​ ​pathways,​ ​and​ ​complete​ ​an​ ​organic based​ ​research​ ​project.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​prepare​ ​students​ ​for entrance​ ​to​ ​College​ ​Level​ ​Organic​ ​Chemistry.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Environmental​ ​Science Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2162A​ ​&​ ​2162B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Successful​ ​completion​ ​of Biology​ ​and​ ​Chemistry​ ​strongly​ ​recommended Weighted​:​ ​Yes

AP​ ​Environmental​ ​Science​ ​is​ ​focused​ ​on​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the interrelationships​ ​between​ ​organisms​ ​and​ ​their​ ​physical surrounding​ ​and​ ​the​ ​effects​ ​man​ ​has​ ​within​ ​the​ ​worldwide ecosystem.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​provides​ ​students​ ​with​ ​knowledge​ ​to evaluate​ ​choices​ ​that​ ​humans​ ​have​ ​made​ ​that​ ​have​ ​impacted​ ​the environment​ ​and​ ​optimize​ ​worldwide​ ​living​ ​standards.​ ​The​ ​course emphasizes​ ​the​ ​development​ ​of​ ​scientific​ ​principles,​ ​which​ ​allow students​ ​to​ ​identify​ ​and​ ​analyze​ ​environmental​ ​problems​ ​and associated​ ​risks.​ ​Students​ ​also​ ​examine​ ​solutions​ ​that​ ​can resolve/prevent​ ​ecological​ ​problems​ ​through​ ​critical​ ​and​ ​creative thinking​ ​skills.

69

Class:​​ ​Ecology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2109 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Biology Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Honors​ ​Physics Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2112A​ ​&​ ​2112B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Geology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2115 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Physics​ ​I Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2165A​ ​&​ ​2165B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​Physics Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2111A​ ​&​ ​211B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Physics​ ​II:​ ​Algebra-Based Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2166A​ ​&​ ​2166B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Students​ ​investigate​ ​the​ ​living​ ​and​ ​nonliving​ ​aspects​ ​of​ ​the environment​ ​and​ ​how​ ​they​ ​impact​ ​one​ ​another.​ ​Current environmental​ ​issues​ ​are​ ​discussed​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​term​ ​including topics​ ​such​ ​as​ ​endangered​ ​species​ ​and​ ​natural​ ​resources management.​ ​Web-based​ ​instruction,​ ​reading,​ ​discussions, audiovisual​ ​presentations,​ ​fieldwork​ ​and​ ​lecture​ ​are​ ​teaching​ ​and learning​ ​strategies​ ​used​ ​to​ ​help​ ​students​ ​gain​ ​mastery​ ​of ecological​ ​concepts.

This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​geological​ ​processes​ ​within and​ ​on​ ​the​ ​surface​ ​of​ ​the​ ​earth.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​description, classification​ ​and​ ​origin​ ​of​ ​minerals​ ​and​ ​rocks.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also study​ ​the​ ​internal​ ​and​ ​external​ ​processes​ ​that​ ​include​ ​volcanism, earthquakes,​ ​deformation,​ ​mountain​ ​building.

Physics​ ​is​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the​ ​relationship​ ​between​ ​matter​ ​and​ ​energy and​ ​is​ ​conceptual​ ​in​ ​nature.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​concerned​ ​with​ ​the fundamental​ ​laws​ ​and​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​the​ ​physical​ ​ ​world​ ​and​ ​their practical​ ​applications.​ ​Topics​ ​of​ ​study​ ​are​ ​selected​ ​from​ ​the following:​ ​measurement,​ ​mechanics,​ ​wave​ ​motion,​ ​light,​ ​sound, and​ ​electricity.​ ​Course​ ​activities​ ​involve​ ​laboratory​ ​work​ ​with comprehensive​ ​reports,​ ​student​ ​presentations,​ ​regular​ ​problem solving​ ​and​ ​periodic​ ​classroom​ ​demonstrations.

Honors​ ​Physics​ ​covers​ ​Newtonian​ ​mechanics;​ ​work,​ ​energy​ ​and power;​ ​rotational​ ​motion;​ ​momentum;​ ​waves​ ​and​ ​sound;​ ​light; electricity​ ​and​ ​magnetism​ ​and​ ​atomic​ ​and​ ​nuclear​ ​physics.

Honors​ ​Physics​ ​will​ ​cover​ ​most​ ​of​ ​the​ ​topics​ ​in​ ​AP​ ​Physic​ ​I​ ​and​ ​2 with​ ​less​ ​depth​ ​and​ ​less​ ​lab​ ​work.​ ​Students​ ​explore​ ​physics concepts​ ​through​ ​an​ ​inquiry​ ​approach.​ ​This​ ​is​ ​a​ ​faster-paced course​ ​and​ ​provides​ ​a​ ​more​ ​expanded​ ​curriculum​ ​(compared​ ​to physics)​ ​and​ ​will​ ​provide​ ​more​ ​challenge​ ​for​ ​the​ ​self-directed learner.

AP​ ​Physics​ ​I​ ​is​ ​the​ ​equivalent​ ​to​ ​a​ ​first-semester​ ​algebra-based college​ ​physics​ ​course.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​covers​ ​Newtonian​ ​mechanics, work,​ ​energy,​ ​power,​ ​rotational​ ​motion,​ ​momentum,​ ​mechanical waves,​ ​sound​ ​and​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​electric​ ​circuits.​ ​The​ ​ability to​ ​develop​ ​and​ ​use​ ​physics​ ​knowledge​ ​by​ ​using​ ​scientific​ ​inquiry and​ ​reasoning​ ​is​ ​at​ ​the​ ​heart​ ​of​ ​this​ ​course.​ ​It​ ​is​ ​recommended​ ​that students​ ​who​ ​take​ ​this​ ​course​ ​follow​ ​it​ ​with​ ​AP​ ​Physics​ ​2​ ​for​ ​a complete​ ​coverage​ ​of​ ​physics​ ​topics​ ​and​ ​adequate​ ​preparation​ ​for college​ ​science​ ​courses.

AP​ ​Physics​ ​2​ ​is​ ​the​ ​equivalent​ ​to​ ​a​ ​second-semester​ ​algebra-based college​ ​physics​ ​course.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​covers​ ​fluid​ ​mechanics: thermodynamics;​ ​electricity​ ​and​ ​magnetism:​ ​optics​ ​and​ ​atomic and​ ​nuclear​ ​physics.​ ​The​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​and​ ​use​ ​physics knowledge​ ​by​ ​using​ ​scientific​ ​inquiry​ ​and​ ​reasoning​ ​is​ ​at​ ​the​ ​heart of​ ​this​ ​course.​ ​Students​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​Engineering​ ​and​ ​the​ ​physical science​ ​should​ ​follow​ ​this​ ​course​ ​with​ ​AP​ ​Physics​ ​C: Calculus-Based

70

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Physics​ ​C Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2164A​ ​&​ ​2164B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Physics​ ​or​ ​Advanced Placement​ ​Physics​ ​I​ ​and​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​Calculus​ ​or concurrent​ ​enrollment​ ​in​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​Calculus Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​ ​-​ ​Principles​ ​of Biomedical​ ​Science Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2167A​ ​&​ ​2167B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

AP​ ​Physics​ ​C:​ ​Mechanics​ ​is​ ​a​ ​calculus-based,​ ​college-level physics​ ​course,​ ​especially​ ​appropriate​ ​for​ ​students​ ​planning​ ​to specialize​ ​or​ ​major​ ​in​ ​physical​ ​science​ ​or​ ​engineering.​ ​The​ ​course explores​ ​topics​ ​such​ ​as​ ​kinematics;​ ​Newton’s​ ​laws​ ​of​ ​motion: work,​ ​energy​ ​and​ ​power:​ ​systems​ ​of​ ​particles​ ​and​ ​linear momentum;​ ​circular​ ​motion​ ​and​ ​rotation;​ ​and​ ​oscillations​ ​and gravitation.​ ​Introductory​ ​differential​ ​and​ ​integral​ ​calculus​ ​is​ ​used throughout​ ​the​ ​course.​ ​AP​ ​Physics​ ​C:​ ​Electricity​ ​and​ ​Magnetism is​ ​also​ ​a​ ​calculus-based,​ ​college-level​ ​physics​ ​course,​ ​especially appropriate​ ​for​ ​students​ ​planning​ ​to​ ​specialize​ ​or​ ​major​ ​in physical​ ​science​ ​or​ ​engineering.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​explores​ ​topics​ ​such as​ ​electrostatics;​ ​conductors,​ ​capacitors,​ ​and​ ​dielectrics;​ ​electric circuits;​ ​magnetic​ ​fields;​ ​and​ ​electrostatics;​ ​conductors, capacitors,​ ​and​ ​dielectrics;​ ​electric​ ​circuits;​ ​magnetic​ ​fields;​ ​and electromagnetism.​ ​Introductory​ ​differential​ ​and​ ​integral​ ​calculus is​ ​used​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course.

This​ ​course​ ​provides​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​biomedical​ ​sciences through​ ​exciting​ ​hands-on​ ​projects​ ​and​ ​problems.​ ​Students investigate​ ​the​ ​human​ ​body​ ​systems​ ​and​ ​various​ ​health​ ​conditions including​ ​heart​ ​disease,​ ​diabetes,​ ​sickle-cell​ ​disease, hypercholesterolemia,​ ​and​ ​infectious​ ​disease.​ ​They​ ​determine​ ​the factors​ ​that​ ​led​ ​to​ ​the​ ​death​ ​of​ ​a​ ​fictional​ ​person,​ ​and​ ​investigate the​ ​lifestyle​ ​choices​ ​and​ ​medical​ ​treatments​ ​that​ ​might​ ​have prolonged​ ​the​ ​person’s​ ​life.​ ​The​ ​activities​ ​and​ ​projects​ ​introduce students​ ​to​ ​human​ ​physiology,​ ​medicine,​ ​research​ ​ ​processes​ ​and bioinformatics.​ ​Key​ ​biological​ ​concepts​ ​including​ ​homeostasis, metabolism,​ ​inheritance​ ​of​ ​traits,​ ​and​ ​defense​ ​against​ ​disease​ ​are embedded​ ​in​ ​the​ ​curriculum.​ ​Engineering​ ​principles​ ​including​ ​the design​ ​process,​ ​feedback​ ​loops,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​relationship​ ​of​ ​structure to​ ​function​ ​are​ ​also​ ​incorporated.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to provide​ ​an​ ​overview​ ​of​ ​all​ ​the​ ​courses​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the Way​ ​Biomedical​ ​Sciences​ ​program​ ​and​ ​lay​ ​the​ ​scientific foundation​ ​for​ ​subsequent​ ​courses.

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​​ ​(PLTW)​-​ ​Human​ ​Body​ ​Systems Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2168A​ ​&​ ​2168B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way (PLTW)​ ​-​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​Biomedical​ ​Science​ ​or​ ​Biology Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​-​ ​Medical​ ​Interventions Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2071A​ ​&​ ​2071B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Human​ ​Body​ ​Systems (HBS)​ ​or​ ​AP​ ​Biology​ ​or​ ​Human​ ​Anatomy​ ​&​ ​Physiology Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

Students​ ​examine​ ​the​ ​interactions​ ​of​ ​human​ ​body​ ​systems​ ​as​ ​they explore​ ​identity,​ ​power,​ ​movement,​ ​protection,​ ​and​ ​homeostasis.

Students​ ​design​ ​experiments,​ ​investigate​ ​the​ ​structure​ ​and functions​ ​of​ ​the​ ​human​ ​body,​ ​and​ ​use​ ​data​ ​acquisition​ ​software​ ​to monitor​ ​body​ ​functions​ ​such​ ​as​ ​muscle​ ​movement,​ ​reflex​ ​and voluntary​ ​action,​ ​and​ ​respiration.

Exploring​ ​science​ ​in​ ​action,​ ​students​ ​build​ ​organs​ ​and​ ​tissues​ ​on​ ​a skeletal​ ​mannequin,​ ​work​ ​through​ ​interesting​ ​and​ ​real​ ​world​ ​cases and​ ​often​ ​play​ ​the​ ​roles​ ​of​ ​biomedical​ ​professionals​ ​to​ ​solve medical​ ​mysteries.​ ​This​ ​is​ ​the​ ​second​ ​course​ ​(in​ ​the​ ​series​ ​of​ ​four) in​ ​the​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​Biomedical​ ​program.

Students​ ​investigate​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​interventions​ ​involved​ ​in​ ​the prevention,​ ​diagnosis​ ​and​ ​treatment​ ​of​ ​disease​ ​as​ ​they​ ​follow​ ​the life​ ​of​ ​a​ ​fictitious​ ​family.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​a​ ​“HowTo”​ ​manual​ ​for maintaining​ ​overall​ ​health​ ​and​ ​homeostasis​ ​in​ ​the​ ​body.Students explore​ ​how​ ​to​ ​prevent​ ​and​ ​fight​ ​infection;​ ​screen​ ​and​ ​evaluate the​ ​code​ ​in​ ​human​ ​DNA;​ ​prevent,​ ​diagnose​ ​and​ ​treat​ ​cancer;​ ​and prevail​ ​when​ ​the​ ​organs​ ​of​ ​the​ ​body​ ​begin​ ​to​ ​fail.​ ​Through​ ​these scenarios,​ ​students​ ​are​ ​exposed​ ​to​ ​a​ ​range​ ​of​ ​interventions​ ​related to​ ​immunology,​ ​surgery,​ ​genetics,​ ​pharmacology,​ ​medical devices,​ ​and​ ​diagnostics.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for​ ​11th​ ​or​ ​12th grade​ ​students.

Class:​​ ​Project​ ​Lead​ ​the​ ​Way​ ​(PLTW)​ ​-​ ​Biomedical​ ​Innovation Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2072A​ ​&​ ​2072B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Medical​ ​Interventions​ ​(MI) Weighted​:​ ​No Required​ ​Course​ ​Fee​:​ ​$20.00

In​ ​the​ ​final​ ​course​ ​of​ ​the​ ​PLTW​ ​Biomedical​ ​Science​ ​sequence,​ ​students​ ​build​ ​on​ ​the​ ​knowledge​ ​and​ ​skills​ ​gained​ ​from​ ​previous courses​ ​to​ ​design​ ​innovative​ ​solutions​ ​for​ ​the​ ​most​ ​pressing​ ​health​ ​challenges​ ​of​ ​the​ ​21st​ ​century.​ ​Students​ ​address​ ​topics​ ​ranging​ ​from public​ ​health​ ​and​ ​biomedical​ ​engineering​ ​to​ ​clinical​ ​medicine​ ​and​ ​physiology.​ ​They​ ​have​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​work​ ​on​ ​an​ ​independent design​ ​project.

71

SOCIAL​ ​STUDIES Three​ ​(3.0)​ ​credits​ ​of​ ​social​ ​studies​ ​are​ ​required​ ​for​ ​graduation.

Grade​ ​Level

9

10

11

12

Required​ ​Course Work

World​ ​History

20th​ ​Century​ ​American History

No​ ​Specific​ ​Required Course

P.A.D​ ​and​ ​Economics

AP​ ​Course​ ​Offerings

AP​ ​Human​ ​Geography

AP​ ​European​ ​History (typically​ ​taken​ ​in​ ​the sophomore​ ​year)

​ ​*AP​ ​US​ ​History

​ ​(w/​ ​teacher​ ​recommendation)

AP​ ​Psychology AP​ ​Human​ ​Geography

Elective​ ​Offerings

None

AP​ ​European​ ​History *AP​ ​US​ ​History *AP​ ​Microeconomics *AP​ ​Macroeconomics *AP​ ​Government AP​ ​Psychology AP​ ​Human​ ​Geography Modern​ ​Society Current​ ​Issues Crime,​ ​Society,​ ​&​ ​the​ ​Law International​ ​Relations Abnormal​ ​Psychology Psychology

*These​ ​AP​ ​Courses​ ​can​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​in​ ​place​ ​of​ ​required​ ​course​ ​of​ ​similar​ ​content​ ​(example:​ ​AP​ ​U.S.​ ​History​ ​for​ ​20th​ ​Century).​ ​20th Century​ ​is​ ​typically​ ​taken​ ​in​ ​the​ ​sophomore​ ​year,​ ​but​ ​can​ ​be​ ​fulfilled​ ​in​ ​the​ ​junior​ ​or​ ​senior​ ​year.

Class:​​ ​Abnormal​ ​Psychology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2210 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Abnormal​ ​Psychology​ ​investigates​ ​the​ ​experience​ ​and​ ​expression of​ ​psychological​ ​disorders,​ ​what​ ​it​ ​means​ ​to​ ​be​ ​abnormal,​ ​and​ ​its effect​ ​on​ ​people’s​ ​lives.​ ​Students​ ​are​ ​encouraged​ ​to​ ​think analytically​ ​and​ ​challenge​ ​their​ ​beliefs​ ​regarding​ ​abnormal behavior​ ​while​ ​learning​ ​the​ ​biological/scientific/socio-cultural basis​ ​for​ ​mental​ ​illnesses.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​the​ ​subjective experience,​ ​causal​ ​factors,​ ​clinical​ ​presentation,​ ​and​ ​methods​ ​of assessment​ ​and​ ​treatment​ ​of​ ​different​ ​types​ ​of​ ​psychological disorders.

Class:​​ ​Crime,​ ​Society​ ​and​ ​the​ ​Law Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2211 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​introduce​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​US​ ​legal​ ​system, including​ ​the​ ​federal​ ​and​ ​state​ ​court​ ​systems,​ ​and​ ​constitutional and​ ​criminal​ ​law.​ ​Additionally,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​become​ ​familiar with​ ​criminology,​ ​corrections,​ ​deviance,​ ​and​ ​profiling.​ ​Students will​ ​gain​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the​ ​careers​ ​associated​ ​with​ ​the​ ​legal and​ ​justice​ ​system​ ​and​ ​rehabilitation/corrections.

72

Class:​​ ​Current​ ​Issues Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2203 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​European​ ​History Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2260A​ ​&​ ​2260B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​World​ ​History Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​Economics Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2204 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​International​ ​Relations Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2215 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​World​ ​History Weighted​:​ ​No

Current​ ​Issues​ ​is​ ​directed​ ​toward​ ​teaching​ ​high​ ​school​ ​students​ ​to conduct​ ​an​ ​in-depth​ ​study​ ​and​ ​analysis​ ​of​ ​important​ ​social, economic,​ ​and​ ​political​ ​concerns.​ ​Current​ ​issues​ ​is​ ​a​ ​dynamic, changing​ ​course​ ​which​ ​meets​ ​the​ ​students​ ​needs​ ​for​ ​structure​ ​and direction,​ ​yet​ ​allows​ ​them​ ​the​ ​time​ ​and​ ​freedom​ ​to​ ​develop research​ ​and​ ​analysis​ ​skills,​ ​and​ ​to​ ​apply​ ​them​ ​in​ ​the​ ​formation​ ​of intelligent​ ​opinions​ ​on​ ​any​ ​issue.​ ​Students​ ​assist​ ​in​ ​choosing​ ​some of​ ​the​ ​topics​ ​to​ ​be​ ​analyzed.​ ​Some​ ​issues​ ​selected​ ​will​ ​provide opportunities​ ​for​ ​class​ ​investigation,​ ​while​ ​other​ ​topics​ ​will provide​ ​impetus​ ​for​ ​independent​ ​research.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​use printed,​ ​electronic,​ ​and​ ​visual​ ​media​ ​to​ ​keep​ ​current​ ​on​ ​important news​ ​events.

Economics​ ​will​ ​introduce​ ​the​ ​student​ ​to​ ​microeconomic​ ​and macroeconomic​ ​theories​ ​and​ ​problems.​ ​This​ ​is​ ​an​ ​introductory overview​ ​of​ ​economics.​ ​The​ ​emphasis​ ​on​ ​this​ ​course​ ​is​ ​on decision-making.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​equips​ ​each​ ​student​ ​with​ ​the​ ​ability to​ ​become​ ​a​ ​better​ ​decision​ ​maker​ ​regarding​ ​economic​ ​events​ ​and problems​ ​so​ ​they​ ​will​ ​become​ ​a​ ​more​ ​informed​ ​citizen.​ ​The students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​the​ ​foundations​ ​of​ ​economic​ ​analysis,​ ​demand and​ ​supply​ ​mechanics,​ ​competitive​ ​and​ ​noncompetitive​ ​markets, the​ ​role​ ​of​ ​profit,​ ​labor​ ​economics,​ ​money​ ​and​ ​banking economics,​ ​income​ ​distribution​ ​and​ ​poverty,​ ​government spending​ ​and​ ​taxing​ ​decisions,​ ​investing,​ ​measuring​ ​economic performance​ ​of​ ​our​ ​nation,​ ​inflation,​ ​unemployment,​ ​debts​ ​and deficits,​ ​and​ ​international​ ​economics.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​engage​ ​in critical​ ​thinking​ ​activities,​ ​discussions,​ ​debates,​ ​and​ ​term​ ​projects to​ ​gain​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​these​ ​economic​ ​concepts​ ​in​ ​addition to​ ​traditional​ ​testing​ ​issues.

The​ ​AP​ ​European​ ​History​ ​course​ ​focuses​ ​on​ ​developing​ ​students’ understanding​ ​of​ ​European​ ​history​ ​from​ ​approximately​ ​1450​ ​to the​ ​present.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​has​ ​students​ ​investigate​ ​the​ ​content​ ​of European​ ​history​ ​for​ ​significant​ ​events,​ ​individuals, developments,​ ​and​ ​processes​ ​in​ ​four​ ​historical​ ​periods,​ ​and develop​ ​and​ ​use​ ​the​ ​same​ ​thinking​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​methods​ ​(analyzing primary​ ​and​ ​secondary​ ​sources,​ ​making​ ​historical​ ​comparisons, chronological​ ​reasoning,​ ​and​ ​argumentation)​ ​employed​ ​by historians​ ​when​ ​they​ ​study​ ​the​ ​past.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​also​ ​provides​ ​five themes​ ​(interaction​ ​of​ ​Europe​ ​and​ ​the​ ​world,​ ​poverty​ ​and prosperity,​ ​objective​ ​knowledge​ ​and​ ​subjective​ ​visions,​ ​states​ ​and other​ ​institutions​ ​of​ ​power,​ ​and​ ​individual​ ​and​ ​society)​ ​that students​ ​explore​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​in​ ​order​ ​to​ ​make connections​ ​among​ ​historical​ ​developments​ ​in​ ​different​ ​times​ ​and places.

International​ ​Relations​ ​is​ ​a​ ​course​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​introduce​ ​students to​ ​the​ ​fundamental​ ​concepts​ ​of​ ​International​ ​Relations​ ​and American​ ​Foreign​ ​Policy​ ​in​ ​a​ ​post-Cold​ ​War​ ​world.​ ​Students​ ​will explore​ ​the​ ​sharp​ ​challenges​ ​facing​ ​the​ ​United​ ​States​ ​in​ ​the international​ ​arena,​ ​including​ ​terrorism,​ ​security,​ ​nuclear proliferation,​ ​and​ ​globalizations,​ ​with​ ​a​ ​special​ ​focus​ ​on diplomacy​ ​and​ ​public​ ​policy.

73

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Microeconomics​ ​(AP​ ​Micro) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2262 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes

This​ ​course​ ​prepares​ ​the​ ​students​ ​to​ ​pass​ ​the​ ​Microeconomics Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​test​ ​in​ ​May​ ​and​ ​potentially​ ​earn​ ​college credit.​ ​Students​ ​who​ ​are​ ​considering​ ​studying​ ​business,​ ​education, law,​ ​pre-Med,​ ​or​ ​graduate​ ​school​ ​should​ ​take​ ​AP​ ​Economics​ ​to bolster​ ​their​ ​analytical​ ​skills.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​gives​ ​students​ ​a thorough​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​economics​ ​that​ ​apply to​ ​the​ ​individual​ ​decision​ ​makers,​ ​both​ ​consumers​ ​and​ ​producers, within​ ​the​ ​larger​ ​economic​ ​system.​ ​It​ ​places​ ​primary​ ​emphasis​ ​on demand​ ​and​ ​supply​ ​theories,​ ​and​ ​how​ ​it​ ​influences​ ​the​ ​prices​ ​of goods​ ​and​ ​services,​ ​resources,​ ​interest​ ​rates,​ ​rents​ ​and​ ​wage levels.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​gain​ ​an​ ​in​ ​depth​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the different​ ​types​ ​of​ ​competitive​ ​markets​ ​and​ ​how​ ​decisions​ ​are made​ ​in​ ​each​ ​type.​ ​The​ ​role​ ​government​ ​plays​ ​in​ ​regulating​ ​and promoting​ ​economic​ ​efficiency,​ ​equity​ ​and​ ​economic​ ​goals​ ​is analyzed​ ​in​ ​great​ ​depth.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Macroeconomics​ ​(AP​ ​Macro) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2261 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes This​ ​is​ ​the​ ​second​ ​part​ ​of​ ​an​ ​Advanced​ ​Placement​ ​Economics course.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​prepares​ ​students​ ​to​ ​pass​ ​the​ ​Advanced Placement​ ​test​ ​in​ ​May​ ​in​ ​Macroeconomics​ ​and​ ​potentially​ ​earn college​ ​credit.​ ​Whereas​ ​AP​ ​Microeconomics​ ​focuses​ ​its​ ​attention on​ ​the​ ​small​ ​parts​ ​that​ ​make​ ​up​ ​the​ ​entire​ ​economy,​ ​Advanced Placement​ ​Macroeconomics​ ​focuses​ ​on​ ​analyzing​ ​the​ ​economy​ ​as a​ ​whole​ ​unit.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​gain​ ​a​ ​thorough​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the problems,​ ​principles,​ ​theories,​ ​and​ ​solutions​ ​to​ ​our​ ​nation’s economy.​ ​The​ ​emphasis​ ​in​ ​macroeconomics​ ​is​ ​on​ ​measuring national​ ​economic​ ​performance,​ ​such​ ​as​ ​unemployment,​ ​inflation, and​ ​gross​ ​domestic​ ​product,​ ​and​ ​analyzing​ ​solutions​ ​to​ ​these economic​ ​problems​ ​by​ ​applying​ ​monetary​ ​and​ ​fiscal​ ​policy.​ ​The student​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​and​ ​analyze​ ​the​ ​methods​ ​the​ ​government​ ​uses to​ ​improve​ ​our​ ​economy.​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​an understanding​ ​of​ ​international​ ​economic​ ​principles​ ​and applications.

Class:​​ ​Modern​ ​Society Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2207 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No Modern​ ​Society​ ​offers​ ​students​ ​an​ ​introduction​ ​to​ ​the​ ​field​ ​of sociology.​ ​It​ ​provides​ ​the​ ​students​ ​with​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​the tools​ ​and​ ​techniques​ ​of​ ​sociology.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​for students​ ​who​ ​want​ ​to​ ​study​ ​human​ ​relationships,​ ​particularly during​ ​adolescence.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​how​ ​sociologists study​ ​cultures​ ​and​ ​their​ ​differences.​ ​Knowledge​ ​of​ ​minority groups​ ​will​ ​be​ ​expanded​ ​in​ ​an​ ​attempt​ ​to​ ​create​ ​an​ ​awareness​ ​of prejudicial​ ​attitudes​ ​and​ ​discriminatory​ ​practices.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​will also​ ​expose​ ​students​ ​to​ ​how​ ​social​ ​groups​ ​and​ ​social​ ​classes​ ​affect human​ ​behavior.

Class:​​ ​Principles​ ​of​ ​American​ ​Democracy Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2208 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Principles​ ​of​ ​American​ ​Democracy​ ​provide​ ​students​ ​with​ ​a working​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​the​ ​structure​ ​and​ ​function​ ​of​ ​the​ ​federal government.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​investigate​ ​the​ ​basic​ ​principles​ ​of​ ​our government,​ ​the​ ​rights,​ ​freedoms,​ ​and​ ​responsibilities​ ​of​ ​U.S. citizens,​ ​the​ ​adaptability​ ​of​ ​our​ ​democratic​ ​system​ ​to​ ​our changing​ ​world​ ​and​ ​society,​ ​the​ ​role​ ​of​ ​public​ ​opinion​ ​and​ ​special interests​ ​in​ ​policy-making,​ ​the​ ​role​ ​of​ ​political​ ​parties,​ ​and​ ​basic election​ ​procedures.

Class:​​ ​Psychology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2209 Credit​:​ ​0.5 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Psychology​ ​explores​ ​the​ ​fascinating​ ​subject​ ​of​ ​human​ ​behavior and​ ​the​ ​mind.​ ​It​ ​seeks​ ​to​ ​explain​ ​why​ ​people​ ​think,​ ​feel,​ ​and behave​ ​the​ ​way​ ​they​ ​do.​ ​The​ ​subject​ ​matter​ ​of​ ​psychology​ ​is​ ​the individual.​ ​Through​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​classroom​ ​activities​ ​and experiments,​ ​the​ ​student​ ​is​ ​introduced​ ​to​ ​basic​ ​principles​ ​of psychology​ ​such​ ​as​ ​learning,​ ​dreams,​ ​behavior,​ ​psychological disturbance,​ ​and​ ​human​ ​development​ ​through​ ​the​ ​lifespan.

74

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Psychology Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2263A​ ​&​ ​2263B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes

The​ ​AP​ ​Psychology​ ​course​ ​is​ ​designed​ ​to​ ​introduce​ ​students​ ​to the​ ​systematic​ ​and​ ​scientific​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the​ ​behavior​ ​and​ ​mental processes​ ​of​ ​human​ ​beings​ ​and​ ​other​ ​animals.​ ​Students​ ​are exposed​ ​to​ ​the​ ​psychological​ ​facts,​ ​principles,​ ​and​ ​phenomena associated​ ​with​ ​each​ ​of​ ​the​ ​major​ ​subfields​ ​within​ ​psychology.

They​ ​also​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​the​ ​ethics​ ​and​ ​methods​ ​psychologists​ ​use​ ​in their​ ​science​ ​and​ ​practice.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​United​ ​States​ ​Government​ ​and​ ​Politics Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2264A​ ​&​ ​2264B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes

AP​ ​U.S.​ ​Government​ ​and​ ​Politics​ ​is​ ​a​ ​survey​ ​course​ ​that​ ​provides an​ ​analytical​ ​perspective​ ​on​ ​government​ ​and​ ​politics​ ​in​ ​the​ ​United States.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​involves​ ​both​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​general​ ​concepts used​ ​to​ ​interpret​ ​U.S.​ ​politics​ ​and​ ​the​ ​analysis​ ​of​ ​specific​ ​case studies.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​the​ ​various​ ​institutions,​ ​groups​ ​and beliefs​ ​that​ ​comprise​ ​the​ ​American​ ​political​ ​system.​ ​Focus​ ​areas will​ ​include:​ ​the​ ​Constitutional​ ​foundations​ ​of​ ​the​ ​U.S. government;​ ​how​ ​mass​ ​media,​ ​interest​ ​groups,​ ​and​ ​political parties​ ​influence​ ​the​ ​daily​ ​functioning​ ​of​ ​our​ ​government;​ ​public policy​ ​and​ ​factors​ ​that​ ​influence​ ​policy​ ​agenda;​ ​and​ ​the development​ ​of​ ​Civil​ ​Rights​ ​and​ ​Civil​ ​Liberties​ ​through​ ​Supreme Court​ ​decisions.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​expected​ ​to​ ​demonstrate​ ​critical thinking​ ​and​ ​analysis​ ​in​ ​writing​ ​that​ ​is​ ​consistent​ ​with​ ​the​ ​free response​ ​questions​ ​on​ ​the​ ​AP​ ​Exam.​ ​Note:​ ​This​ ​is​ ​a​ ​full​ ​year​ ​class that​ ​fulfills​ ​the​ ​graduation​ ​requirement​ ​for​ ​Government.​ A ​ ny student​ ​who​ ​drops​ ​the​ ​course​ ​after​ ​one​ ​semester​ ​has​ ​NOT fulfilled​ ​the​ ​graduation​ ​requirements​ ​and​ ​will​ ​need​ ​to​ ​take Principles​ ​of​ ​American​ ​Democracy​ ​to​ ​meet​ ​the​ ​graduation requirements.

Class:​​ ​World​ ​History Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2201A​ ​&​ ​2201B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes

World​ ​History​ ​provides​ ​students​ ​with​ ​a​ ​working​ ​knowledge​ ​of world​ ​history​ ​beginning​ ​with​ ​the​ ​European​ ​Renaissance​ ​and Reformation​ ​through​ ​the​ ​late​ ​20th​ ​century.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​examine and​ ​understand​ ​the​ ​importance​ ​of​ ​historical,​ ​political,​ ​economic, and​ ​social​ ​changes​ ​during​ ​this​ ​period.​ ​Topics​ ​to​ ​be​ ​studied include​ ​religious​ ​change,​ ​development​ ​of​ ​science/technology, imperialism/nationalism,​ ​shifts​ ​in​ ​world​ ​power,​ ​world​ ​wars, revolutions,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​emergence​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Cold​ ​War.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​United​ ​States​ ​History Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2265A​ ​&​ ​2265B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s:​​ ​World​ ​History Weighted​:​ ​Yes

The​ ​AP​ ​U.S.​ ​History​ ​course​ ​focuses​ ​on​ ​developing​ ​students’ understanding​ ​of​ ​American​ ​history​ ​from​ ​approximately​ ​1491​ ​to the​ ​present.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​has​ ​students​ ​investigate​ ​the​ ​content​ ​of U.S.​ ​history​ ​for​ ​significant​ ​events,​ ​individuals,​ ​developments,​ ​and processes​ ​in​ ​nine​ ​historical​ ​periods,​ ​and​ ​develop​ ​and​ ​use​ ​the​ ​same thinking​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​methods​ ​(analyzing​ ​primary​ ​and​ ​secondary sources,​ ​making​ ​historical​ ​comparisons,​ ​chronological​ ​reasoning, and​ ​argumentation)​ ​employed​ ​by​ ​historians​ ​when​ ​they​ ​study​ ​the past.​ ​The​ ​course​ ​also​ ​provides​ ​seven​ ​themes​ ​(American​ ​and national​ ​identity;​ ​migration​ ​and​ ​settlement;​ ​politics​ ​and​ ​power; work,​ ​exchange,​ ​and​ ​technology;​ ​America​ ​in​ ​the​ ​world; geography​ ​and​ ​the​ ​environment;​ ​and​ ​culture​ ​and​ ​society)​ ​that students​ ​explore​ ​throughout​ ​the​ ​course​ ​in​ ​order​ ​to​ ​make connections​ ​among​ ​historical​ ​developments​ ​in​ ​different​ ​times​ ​and places.

Class:​​ ​20th​ ​Century​ ​American​ ​History Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2202A​ ​&​ ​2202B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Beginning​ ​with​ ​an​ ​analysis​ ​of​ ​significant​ ​events​ ​of​ ​the​ ​19th Century,​ ​20th​ ​Century​ ​American​ ​History​ ​asks​ ​students​ ​to examine​ ​and​ ​understand​ ​the​ ​importance​ ​of​ ​the​ ​emergence​ ​of​ ​the United​ ​States​ ​as​ ​a​ ​world​ ​power,​ ​and​ ​track​ ​the​ ​political,​ ​social,​ ​and economic​ ​changes​ ​of​ ​each​ ​decade​ ​through​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​century.

Students​ ​will​ ​demonstrate​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​major​ ​historical​ ​figures, dates​ ​and​ ​events​ ​of​ ​each​ ​decade.​ ​Throughout​ ​the​ ​decades, students​ ​will​ ​identify​ ​strengths​ ​and​ ​weaknesses​ ​of​ ​American foreign​ ​policy,​ ​analyze​ ​the​ ​economic​ ​impact​ ​of​ ​various​ ​changes, and​ ​evaluate​ ​public​ ​policy​ ​and​ ​compare/contrast​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of reform​ ​movements.

Class:​​ ​AP​ ​Human​ ​Geography Course​ ​Number​:​ ​2273A​ ​&​ ​2273B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​Yes

The​ ​AP​ ​Human​ ​Geography​ ​course​ ​is​ ​equivalent​ ​to​ ​an introductory​ ​college-level​ ​course​ ​in​ ​human​ ​geography.​ ​The course​ ​introduces​ ​students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​systematic​ ​study​ ​of​ ​patterns​ ​and processes​ ​that​ ​have​ ​shaped​ ​human​ ​understanding,​ ​use,​ ​and alteration​ ​of​ ​Earth’s​ ​surface.​ ​Students​ ​employ​ ​spatial​ ​concepts and​ ​landscape​ ​analysis​ ​to​ ​examine​ ​socioeconomic​ ​organization and​ ​its​ ​environmental​ ​consequences.​ ​They​ ​also​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​the methods​ ​and​ ​tools​ ​geographers​ ​use​ ​in​ ​their​ ​research​ ​and applications.

75

WORLD​ ​LANGUAGE *College​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Schools​ ​Program​ ​(CIS) The​ ​College​ ​in​ ​the​ ​School​ ​Program​ ​(CIS)​ ​is​ ​a​ ​concurrent​ ​enrollment​ ​course​ ​that​ ​offers​ ​Latin​ ​Students​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​and​ ​BEHS the​ ​opportunity​ ​to​ ​earn​ ​college​ ​credit​ ​through​ ​the​ ​University​ ​of​ ​Minnesota.​ ​Taking​ ​a​ ​CIS​ ​course​ ​means​ ​that​ ​students​ ​earn​ ​a grade​ ​both​ ​in​ ​high​ ​school​ ​and​ ​the​ ​university.​ ​Courses​ ​alternate​ ​years​ ​(Latin​ ​Intermediate​ ​Poetry​ ​&​ ​Latin​ ​Intermediate​ ​Prose, four​ ​credits​ ​each).​ ​Latin​ ​4​ ​and​ ​5​ ​students​ ​are​ ​eligible​ ​for​ ​this​ ​class.​ ​It​ ​is​ ​recommended​ ​for​ ​students​ ​with​ ​an​ ​A​ ​or​ ​B​ ​average​ ​in Latin​ ​3.​ ​If​ ​a​ ​student​ ​completes​ ​two​ ​years​ ​of​ ​CIS​ ​,​ ​they​ ​will​ ​earn​ ​eight​ ​credits​ ​through​ ​the​ ​University​ ​of​ ​Minnesota.​ ​There​ ​will be​ ​additional​ ​fees​ ​for​ ​credit​ ​at​ ​the​ ​University(s). *Cooperative​ ​Academic​ ​Partnership​ ​Program​ ​(CAPP) The​ ​Cooperative​ ​Academic​ ​Partnership​ ​Program​ ​(CAPP)​ ​is​ ​a​ ​college​ ​level​ ​course​ ​program​ ​taught​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​and​ ​BEHS. Taking​ ​a​ ​CAPP​ ​course​ ​is​ ​an​ ​opportunity​ ​for​ ​students​ ​to​ ​concurrently​ ​earn​ ​high​ ​school​ ​and​ ​college​ ​course​ ​credits​ ​through UW-Oshkosh.

The​ ​purpose​ ​of​ ​CAPP​ ​are​ ​to: 1. Offer​ ​the​ ​opportunity​ ​for​ ​academically​ ​qualified​ ​students​ ​to​ ​experience​ ​the​ ​rigor​ ​of​ ​university​ ​coursework.

2. Offer​ ​a​ ​head​ ​start​ ​on​ ​college​ ​by​ ​providing​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​university​ ​level​ ​expectations​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as academic​ ​credit,​ ​which​ ​will​ ​facilitate​ ​subsequent​ ​studies.

3. Provide​ ​a​ ​gradual​ ​introduction​ ​and​ ​transition​ ​to​ ​university​ ​study​ ​and​ ​facilities.

Registration​ ​guidelines​ ​for​ ​the​ ​2017-2018​ ​school​ ​year​ ​are​ ​as​ ​follow: Juniors​ ​or​ ​seniors​ ​need​ ​to​ ​meet​ ​ONE​​ ​of​ ​the​ ​following​ ​requirements: ● Upper​ ​25%​ ​of​ ​their​ ​class ● 3.25​ ​GPA​ ​(or​ ​above)​ ​on​ ​a​ ​4.0​ ​scale ● Current​ ​rank​ ​in​ ​the​ ​second​ ​quarter​ ​of​ ​their​ ​high​ ​school​ ​class​ ​and​ ​a​ ​minimum​ ​ACT​ ​of​ ​24​ ​or​ ​higher The​ ​course​ ​is​ ​five​ ​credits​ ​and​ ​upon​ ​completion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year-long​ ​course,​ ​the​ ​enrollee​ ​can​ ​obtain​ ​up​ ​to​ ​13​ ​retro-credits​ ​if course​ ​grade​ ​averages​ ​at​ ​least​ ​a​ ​B​ ​(number​ ​of​ ​retro-credits​ ​vary​ ​from​ ​school​ ​to​ ​school).

Please​ ​note​:​ ​For​ ​exceptional​ ​students​ ​who​ ​do​ ​not​ ​qualify​ ​under​ ​the​ ​above​ ​guidelines,​ ​a​ ​Teacher​ ​Recommendation​ ​Form​ ​can be​ ​submitted​ ​to​ ​the​ ​CAPP​ ​or​ ​CIS​ ​Office​ ​for​ ​review,​ ​along​ ​with​ ​a​ ​completed​ ​Registration​ ​Form.​ ​One​ ​completed​ ​form​ ​per course​ ​is​ ​required.

CAPP​ ​and​ ​CIS​ ​Courses​ ​offered​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​&​ ​BEHS​:​ ​French​ ​5,​ ​German​ ​5,​ ​Spanish​ ​5,​ ​Spanish​ ​6,​ ​Latin​ ​4,​ ​and​ ​Latin​ ​5

76

Class:​​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​1 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1641A​ ​&​ ​1641B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​4 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1644A​ ​&​ ​1644B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​3 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​2 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1642A​ ​&​ ​1642B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​1 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​French​ ​1 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1601A​ ​&​ ​1601B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​3 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1643A​ ​&​ ​1643B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​2 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​French​ ​2 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1602A​ ​&​ ​1602B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​French​ ​1 Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​is​ ​a​ ​beginning​ ​level​ ​course​ ​that​ ​introduces​ ​students​ ​to Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​language​ ​used​ ​in​ ​everyday​ ​communication.

Students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​the​ ​basics​ ​of​ ​Chinese​ ​grammar​ ​and​ ​subtleties of​ ​Chinese​ ​pronunciation​ ​through​ ​story-based​ ​lessons.​ ​Students will​ ​build​ ​a​ ​foundation​ ​of​ ​conversational​ ​ability​ ​and​ ​listening comprehension.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​also​ ​learn​ ​to​ ​read​ ​and​ ​write​ ​in​ ​Chinese through​ ​engaging​ ​learning​ ​activities.​ ​No​ ​Chinese​ ​language learning​ ​background​ ​is​ ​required.

Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​2​ ​will​ ​build​ ​upon​ ​the​ ​skills​ ​and​ ​knowledge learned​ ​in​ ​Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​1.​ ​Students​ ​will continue​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​speaking,​ ​reading,​ ​and​ ​writing​ ​skills​ ​within the​ ​language.​ ​Engaging​ ​graphics,​ ​videos,​ ​and authentic​ ​traditional​ ​practices​ ​such​ ​as​ ​Chinese​ ​calligraphy​ ​will keep​ ​students​ ​motivated​ ​and​ ​make​ ​learning Mandarin​ ​Chinese​ ​exciting​ ​and​ ​fulfilling.

This​ ​course​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​build​ ​on​ ​students’​ ​skills​ ​and knowledge​ ​from​ ​Chinese​ ​2.​ ​To​ ​increase​ ​language​ ​proficiency, students​ ​actively​ ​engage​ ​in​ ​learning​ ​opportunities​ ​aligned​ ​to​ ​the three​ ​communicative​ ​modes​ ​(interpersonal,​ ​interpretive,​ ​and presentational)​ ​and​ ​the​ ​five​ ​goal​ ​areas:​ ​communication,​ ​cultures, connections,​ ​comparisons,​ ​and​ ​communities.​ ​Successful​ ​learning in​ ​this​ ​course​ ​will​ ​allow​ ​students​ ​to​ ​reach​ ​a​ ​level​ ​of​ ​listening, speaking,​ ​reading​ ​and​ ​writing​ ​that​ ​will​ ​allow​ ​them​ ​to​ ​successfully communicate​ ​with​ ​the​ ​language​ ​(e.g.,​ ​when​ ​traveling​ ​in​ ​China).

中文四欢迎你！​ ​Welcome​ ​to​ ​Chinese​ ​4!​ ​This​ ​year​ ​you​ ​will study​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​cultural​ ​festivals​ ​and​ ​activities​ ​in​ ​China​ ​in​ ​a full-immersion​ ​setting.​ ​This​ ​will​ ​be​ ​done​ ​via​ ​the​ ​three​ ​modes​ ​of communication-presentational,​ ​interpersonal,​ ​and​ ​interpretive.

By​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​Chinese​ ​IV,​ ​you​ ​will​ ​be​ ​able​ ​to​ ​read​ ​authentic texts,​ ​comprehend​ ​authentic​ ​films/video​ ​clips,​ ​write​ ​and​ ​speak​ ​in multiple​ ​tenses,​ ​and​ ​participate​ ​in​ ​discussions​ ​in​ ​Chinese.

Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​basic​ ​speaking,​ ​writing,​ ​listening​ ​and reading​ ​skills​ ​during​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​classroom​ ​survival​ ​situations (ex.​ ​May​ ​I​ ​go​ ​to​ ​the​ ​bathroom?​ ​Repeat,​ ​please.)​ ​and​ ​description of​ ​self,​ ​family​ ​and​ ​friends,​ ​school​ ​life,​ ​activities​ ​outside​ ​of​ ​school such​ ​as​ ​food,​ ​clothing,​ ​and​ ​shopping.​ ​By​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year, students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​able​ ​to​ ​express​ ​themselves​ ​and​ ​initiate​ ​simple conversations.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​language​ ​through​ ​topics​ ​and the​ ​function​ ​of​ ​language​ ​within​ ​these​ ​topics.

Through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​French-speaking​ ​people,​ ​French​ ​2​ ​expands previous​ ​knowledge​ ​of​ ​the​ ​French​ ​language​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of train​ ​and​ ​airplane​ ​travel,​ ​sports,​ ​daily​ ​routine​ ​and​ ​general​ ​health, and​ ​cultural​ ​and​ ​leisure​ ​activities.​ ​The​ ​students​ ​will​ ​express themselves​ ​and​ ​initiate​ ​conversations​ ​in​ ​the​ ​present​ ​and​ ​past tenses.

77

Class:​​ ​French​ ​3 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1603A​ ​&​ ​1603B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​French​ ​2 Weighted​:​ ​No

Through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​French-speaking​ ​people,​ ​French​ ​3​ ​will expand​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​with​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of telecommunications,​ ​travel​ ​and​ ​transportation,​ ​health​ ​and medicine,​ ​the​ ​banking​ ​and​ ​postal​ ​systems,​ ​and​ ​gastronomy.

Students​ ​will​ ​express​ ​themselves​ ​and​ ​initiate​ ​conversations.

Students​ ​will​ ​speak,​ ​read,​ ​write,​ ​and​ ​comprehend​ ​with​ ​an emphasis​ ​on​ ​the​ ​present,​ ​past,​ ​future,​ ​imperfect,​ ​conditional,​ ​and command​ ​forms.

Class:​​ ​French​ ​4 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1604A​ ​&​ ​1604B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:French​ ​3 Weighted​:​ ​No

French​ ​4​ ​will​ ​expand​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of foreign​ ​travel,​ ​public​ ​transportation,​ ​holidays,​ ​professions,​ ​and cultural​ ​etiquette​ ​in​ ​France,​ ​the​ ​Maghreb,​ ​and​ ​agriculture​ ​in France.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​speak,​ ​write,​ ​read,​ ​and​ ​comprehend​ ​in​ ​the indicative​ ​and​ ​subjunctive​ ​mood.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​also​ ​read authentic​ ​French​ ​short​ ​stories​ ​and​ ​will​ ​explore​ ​French​ ​cinema.

Class:​​ ​French​ ​5*​ ​(CAPP​ ​Course​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​&​ ​BEHS) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1605A​ ​&​ ​1605B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​French​ ​4 Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the​ ​French-speaking​ ​world,​ ​French​ ​5​ ​will expand​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​literature, history,​ ​current​ ​events,​ ​film​ ​and​ ​the​ ​arts​ ​and​ ​the​ ​sciences.

Students​ ​will​ ​examine​ ​their​ ​own​ ​place​ ​in​ ​the​ ​global​ ​culture through​ ​their​ ​study​ ​of​ ​selected​ ​short​ ​stories,​ ​poems,​ ​novels,​ ​and other​ ​resources.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​the​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​express themselves​ ​coherently,​ ​resourcefully,​ ​and​ ​with​ ​reasonable fluency​ ​and​ ​accuracy​ ​in​ ​both​ ​written​ ​and​ ​spoken​ ​French.​ ​Course content​ ​can​ ​reflect​ ​intellectual​ ​interests​ ​shared​ ​by​ ​the​ ​students and​ ​teachers.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​for​ ​dual​ ​credit​ ​through the​ ​UW-​ ​Oshkosh​ ​CAPP.

Class:​​ ​German​ ​1 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1611A​ ​&​ ​1611B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Self,​ ​friends,​ ​family,​ ​leisure​ ​time,​ ​clothing,​ ​food,​ ​school​ ​and shopping​ ​bring​ ​German​ ​to​ ​life!​ ​These​ ​topics​ ​will​ ​introduce students​ ​to​ ​the​ ​culture​ ​and​ ​language​ ​of​ ​German-speaking countries.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​comprehend​ ​simple​ ​classroom​ ​and​ ​daily expressions.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​be​ ​able​ ​to​ ​communicate​ ​orally​ ​using accurate​ ​pronunciation​ ​and​ ​write​ ​simple​ ​complete​ ​sentences.

Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​able​ ​to​ ​read​ ​simple​ ​passages​ ​in​ ​German.

Students​ ​will​ ​be​ ​able​ ​to​ ​use​ ​both​ ​the​ ​present​ ​and​ ​future​ ​tenses,​ ​as well​ ​as​ ​nominative​ ​and​ ​accusative​ ​case​ ​forms.

Class:​​ ​German​ ​2 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1612A​ ​&​ ​1612B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​German​ ​1 Weighted​:​ ​No

Through​ ​the​ ​topics​ ​of​ ​holidays,​ ​celebrations,​ ​films,will​ ​build​ ​on skills​ ​gained​ ​in​ ​German​ ​I.​ ​In​ ​German​ ​II,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​express themselves​ ​using​ ​present,​ ​past​ ​and​ ​future​ ​tenses.​ ​Students​ ​will also​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​learn​ ​about​ ​other​ ​German​ ​speaking​ ​countries.​ ​It is​ ​suggested​ ​that​ ​the​ ​student​ ​have​ ​a​ ​C​ ​or​ ​better​ ​in​ ​the​ ​current course​ ​OR​ ​consent​ ​of​ ​the​ ​current​ ​instructor​ ​to​ ​advance​ ​to​ ​the​ ​next level.

Class:​​ ​German​ ​3 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1613A​ ​&​ ​1613B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​German​ ​2 Weighted​:​ ​No

In​ ​German​ ​3,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​further​ ​develop​ ​communicative​ ​skills through​ ​the​ ​themes​ ​of​ ​Family​ ​and​ ​Home,​ ​Food​ ​and​ ​Visual​ ​Arts.

Literature​ ​is​ ​introduced​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​fairy​ ​tales,​ ​Aesop’s fables,​ ​and​ ​other​ ​short​ ​stories.​ ​More​ ​complex​ ​grammar,​ ​including adjective​ ​endings,​ ​complex​ ​sentence​ ​structure,​ ​and​ ​genitive forms​ ​will​ ​be​ ​introduced.

78

Class:​​ ​German​ ​4 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1614A​ ​&​ ​1614B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​German​ ​3 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Spanish​ ​2 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1632A​ ​&​ ​1632B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Spanish​ ​1 Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​German​ ​5*​ ​(CAPP​ ​Course​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​&​ ​BEHS) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1615A​ ​&​ ​1615B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​German​ ​4 Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​Spanish​ ​3 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1633A​ ​&​ ​1633B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Spanish​ ​2 Weighted​:​ ​No

This​ ​is​ ​the​ ​year​ ​of​ ​inventions,​ ​contemporary​ ​issues,​ ​and​ ​legends!

Students​ ​will​ ​build​ ​on​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​as​ ​they​ ​explore​ ​new topics​ ​through​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​media.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​deepen​ ​their cultural​ ​insights​ ​through​ ​the​ ​use​ ​of​ ​literature​ ​and​ ​other​ ​authentic materials.​ ​They​ ​will​ ​express​ ​themselves​ ​in​ ​German​ ​creatively, using​ ​more​ ​complex​ ​grammar,​ ​such​ ​as​ ​relative​ ​pronouns​ ​and passive​ ​voice.

Students​ ​will​ ​refine​ ​their​ ​German​ ​skills​ ​through​ ​literature, history,​ ​culture​ ​and​ ​review​ ​of​ ​major​ ​grammatical​ ​concepts.

Topics​ ​may​ ​include:​ ​immigration,​ ​World​ ​War​ ​II,​ ​forms​ ​of prejudice,​ ​music​ ​and​ ​art.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​become​ ​increasingly fluent​ ​as​ ​they​ ​begin​ ​to​ ​hypothesize,​ ​negotiate​ ​and​ ​persuade​ ​in German.​ ​German​ ​5​ ​provides​ ​a​ ​solid​ ​foundation​ ​for​ ​study​ ​of German​ ​at​ ​the​ ​college​ ​level.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​for​ ​dual credit​ ​through​ ​the​ ​UW​ ​-Oshkosh​ ​CAPP.

Class:​​ ​Spanish​ ​1 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1631A​ ​&​ ​1631B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Students​ ​will​ ​develop​ ​basic​ ​speaking,​ ​writing,​ ​listening​ ​and reading​ ​skills​ ​during​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​classroom​ ​survival situations​ ​and​ ​description​ ​of​ ​self,​ ​family​ ​and​ ​friends,​ ​diversions, school​ ​life​ ​and​ ​sports.​ ​By​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​the​ ​year,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​be able​ ​to​ ​express​ ​themselves​ ​and​ ​initiate​ ​simple​ ​conversations.

Students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​language​ ​through​ ​topics​ ​and​ ​the​ ​function​ ​of language​ ​within​ ​these​ ​topics.

Spanish​ ​2​ ​students​ ​will​ ​expand​ ​and​ ​spiral​ ​previous​ ​knowledge into​ ​more​ ​complex​ ​structures​ ​through​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​people, activities,​ ​pastimes,​ ​daily​ ​routine,​ ​shopping,​ ​food​ ​and​ ​travel.

Students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​the​ ​language​ ​and​ ​its​ ​function​ ​within​ ​these topics.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​study​ ​comparatives,​ ​superlatives,​ ​direct object​ ​pronouns,​ ​indirect​ ​object​ ​pronouns,​ ​and​ ​the​ ​imperative, and​ ​they​ ​will​ ​have​ ​extensive​ ​opportunities​ ​to​ ​express​ ​themselves and​ ​initiate​ ​conversations​ ​in​ ​the​ ​present,​ ​present​ ​progressive​ ​and preterite​ ​tenses.

Spanish​ ​3​ ​will​ ​expand​ ​and​ ​spiral​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​into​ ​more complex​ ​structures​ ​through​ ​the​ ​topics​ ​of​ ​friends​ ​and​ ​self,​ ​school, the​ ​world​ ​of​ ​work,​ ​life​ ​at​ ​home​ ​and​ ​personal​ ​past​ ​life​ ​and​ ​stories, health​ ​and​ ​fitness.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​express​ ​themselves​ ​and​ ​initiate conversations.​ ​Through​ ​the​ ​function​ ​of​ ​language,​ ​students​ ​will speak,​ ​write,​ ​read​ ​and​ ​comprehend​ ​in​ ​the​ ​indicative​ ​mood​ ​with an​ ​emphasis​ ​on​ ​the​ ​present,​ ​the​ ​preterit​ ​and​ ​imperfect​ ​past, imperative,​ ​future,​ ​conditional​ ​and​ ​present​ ​perfect​ ​tenses.

Class:​​ ​Spanish​ ​4 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1634A​ ​&​ ​1634B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Spanish​ ​3 Weighted​:​ ​No

Spanish​ ​4​ ​will​ ​expand​ ​and​ ​spiral​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​through​ ​the study​ ​of​ ​topics​ ​that​ ​will​ ​include​ ​Spain,​ ​outdoor​ ​activities,​ ​the​ ​arts, friends​ ​and​ ​relationships,​ ​health,​ ​community​ ​and​ ​future​ ​plans.

Students​ ​will​ ​speak,​ ​write,​ ​read​ ​and​ ​comprehend​ ​in​ ​the​ ​indicative and​ ​the​ ​subjunctive​ ​moods.​ ​In​ ​the​ ​indicative​ ​mood,​ ​emphasis​ ​will be​ ​given​ ​to​ ​the​ ​present,​ ​past,​ ​future,​ ​conditional​ ​and​ ​perfect tenses.​ ​In​ ​the​ ​subjunctive​ ​mood,​ ​students​ ​will​ ​learn​ ​present, present​ ​perfect​ ​and​ ​imperfect​ ​tenses.​ ​We​ ​explore​ ​past​ ​participles used​ ​as​ ​adjectives,​ ​adjective​ ​clauses,​ ​and​ ​elements​ ​of passive​ ​voice.​ ​In​ ​addition,​ ​students​ ​read​ ​and​ ​begin​ ​to​ ​analyze authentic​ ​literature.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​is​ ​intended​ ​for​ ​students​ ​who​ ​are seriously​ ​interested​ ​in​ ​language​ ​study.​ ​Spanish​ ​4​ ​places​ ​the student​ ​in​ ​an​ ​advanced​ ​learning​ ​environment​ ​with​ ​emphasis​ ​on interpersonal,​ ​presentational,​ ​and​ ​interpretive​ ​communication.

79

Class:​​ ​Spanish​ ​5*​ ​(CAPP​ ​Course​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​&​ ​BEHS) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1635A​ ​&​ ​1635B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Spanish​ ​4 Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​Spanish​ ​6*​ ​(CAPP​ ​Course​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​&​ ​BEHS) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1636A​ ​&​ ​1636B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Spanish​ ​5 Weighted​:​ ​Yes

Class:​​ ​Latin​ ​1 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1621A​ ​&​ ​1621B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​None Weighted​:​ ​No

Class:​​ ​Latin​ ​2 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1622A​ ​&​ ​1622B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Latin​ ​1 Weighted​:​ ​No

Spanish​ ​5​ ​will​ ​expand​ ​and​ ​spiral​ ​previous​ ​knowledge​ ​by​ ​writing, speaking,​ ​and​ ​reading​ ​at​ ​an​ ​advanced​ ​level.​ ​Students​ ​will compare​ ​and​ ​contrast​ ​Hispanic​ ​cultures​ ​and​ ​lifestyles​ ​with American​ ​culture​ ​and​ ​lifestyles.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​express​ ​themselves by​ ​initiating​ ​and​ ​sustaining​ ​conversations​ ​utilizing​ ​both indicative​ ​and​ ​subjunctive​ ​moods.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​express​ ​ideas orally​ ​with​ ​accuracy​ ​and​ ​fluency.​ ​Student​ ​will​ ​read​ ​and​ ​analyze authentic​ ​literature​ ​and​ ​write​ ​compositions​ ​using​ ​advanced grammatical​ ​concepts.​ ​Course​ ​content​ ​will​ ​reflect intellectual​ ​interests​ ​shared​ ​by​ ​the​ ​students​ ​and​ ​teacher​ ​in​ ​such areas​ ​as​ ​literature,​ ​current​ ​events,​ ​the​ ​arts,​ ​history,​ ​culture​ ​and sports.​ ​Spanish​ ​5​ ​places​ ​the​ ​student​ ​in​ ​an​ ​environment​ ​that prepares​ ​the​ ​serious​ ​student​ ​for​ ​continued​ ​growth​ ​in​ ​preparation for​ ​further​ ​study​ ​and​ ​enjoyment.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​for dual​ ​credit​ ​through​ ​the​ ​UW​ ​-Oshkosh​ ​CAPP.

The​ ​beginning​ ​Latin​ ​student​ ​will​ ​be​ ​introduced​ ​to​ ​the​ ​culture​ ​and history​ ​of​ ​the​ ​ancient​ ​civilizations​ ​through​ ​a​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the​ ​basics of​ ​the​ ​language.​ ​The​ ​first​ ​year​ ​student​ ​will​ ​build​ ​a​ ​basic vocabulary​ ​and​ ​study​ ​the​ ​essentials​ ​of​ ​grammar​ ​to​ ​foster​ ​skill​ ​in reading​ ​and​ ​comprehending​ ​fabricated​ ​Latin​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as responding​ ​orally​ ​to​ ​basic​ ​classroom​ ​management​ ​questions.​ ​The application​ ​of​ ​Latin​ ​grammar​ ​and​ ​vocabulary​ ​to​ ​English​ ​skills offers​ ​the​ ​student​ ​a​ ​practical​ ​21st​ ​century​ ​approach​ ​to​ ​a foundational​ ​language.​ ​Cultural​ ​topics​ ​including​ ​the​ ​Roman family,​ ​children’s​ ​sports,​ ​slavery​ ​and​ ​the​ ​early​ ​Roman​ ​Republic will​ ​augment​ ​the​ ​student’s​ ​foundation​ ​in​ ​Western​ ​Civilization.

Spanish​ ​6​ ​is​ ​a​ ​college​ ​level​ ​course​ ​taught​ ​in​ ​our​ ​high​ ​schools.​ ​It will​ ​cover​ ​an​ ​intensive​ ​grammar​ ​review,​ ​a comprehensive​ ​selection​ ​of​ ​short​ ​stories,​ ​plays​ ​and​ ​poetry​ ​written by​ ​Spanish-speaking​ ​authors,​ ​a​ ​review​ ​and enrichment​ ​of​ ​vocabulary,​ ​and​ ​an​ ​analysis​ ​of​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​cultural aspects.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​can​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​for​ ​dual credit​ ​through​ ​the​ ​UW-Oshkosh​ ​CAPP​ ​program.

The​ ​second​ ​year​ ​Latin​ ​student,​ ​after​ ​a​ ​review​ ​of​ ​basic​ ​grammar, will​ ​expand​ ​his/her​ ​Latin​ ​vocabulary​ ​and​ ​move​ ​into​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of more​ ​advanced​ ​grammatical​ ​constructions.​ ​This​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the language​ ​and​ ​its​ ​application​ ​to​ ​English​ ​will​ ​be​ ​incorporated​ ​into​ ​a framework​ ​of​ ​cultural​ ​topics,​ ​which​ ​include​ ​Roman​ ​government, the​ ​expansion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Empire,​ ​Roman​ ​dining​ ​and​ ​food, entertainment​ ​and​ ​sports.​ ​The​ ​application​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Roman​ ​ideals​ ​to the​ ​development​ ​of​ ​Western​ ​Civilization​ ​will​ ​continue.

Class:​​ ​Latin​ ​3 Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1623A​ ​&​ ​1623B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​9-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Latin​ ​2 Weighted​:​ ​No

The​ ​third​ ​year​ ​Latin​ ​student​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​his/her​ ​ability​ ​to​ ​use​ ​the​ ​language​ ​through​ ​the​ ​reading,​ ​comprehension​ ​and interpretation​ ​of​ ​both​ ​original​ ​Latin​ ​and​ ​modern,​ ​fabricated Latin.​ ​Stories​ ​selected​ ​for​ ​reading​ ​and​ ​vocabulary​ ​expansion​ ​include​ ​fairy​ ​tales,​ ​Harry​ ​Potter,​ ​and​ ​Aesop’s​ ​fables.​ ​Original​ ​authors selected​ ​for​ ​study,​ ​discussion​ ​and​ ​interpretation​ ​include Seneca,​ ​Quintilian,​ ​Ovid,​ ​and​ ​Catullus.​ ​In​ ​conjunction​ ​with​ ​the​ ​basic​ ​functions​ ​of​ ​the​ ​language,​ ​the​ ​student​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​develop his/her​ ​command​ ​of​ ​Latin​ ​with​ ​composition​ ​using​ ​compound​ ​sentences​ ​and​ ​primary​ ​tenses​ ​of​ ​the​ ​subjunctive.​ ​Cultural​ ​topics including​ ​Roman​ ​emperors​ ​and​ ​their​ ​reigns​ ​will​ ​provide​ ​a​ ​basis​ ​for​ ​discussion​ ​and​ ​comparison​ ​between​ ​those​ ​facets​ ​of​ ​the​ ​ancient world​ ​and​ ​modern​ ​fine​ ​arts,​ ​political​ ​theory​ ​and​ ​structure.

80

Class:​​ ​Latin​ ​4*​ ​(CIS​ ​Course​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​&​ ​BEHS)​ ​Students that​ ​are​ ​in​ ​11th​ ​or​ ​12th​ ​grade​ ​may​ ​receive​ ​college​ ​credit.

10th​ ​grade​ ​students​ ​would​ ​need​ ​instructor​ ​approval​ ​before enrolling​ ​in​ ​CIS. Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1624A​ ​&​ ​1624B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​10-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Latin​ ​3 Weighted​:​ ​Yes

The​ ​fourth​ ​year​ ​student​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​expand​ ​his/her proficiency​ ​through​ ​reading,​ ​comprehension​ ​and​ ​interpretation​ ​of Latin.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​read​ ​Latin​ ​prose,​ ​which​ ​includes​ ​the works​ ​of​ ​Livy,​ ​Cicero,​ ​Julius​ ​Caesar,​ ​and​ ​Cornelius​ ​Nepos.​ ​In conjunction​ ​with​ ​the​ ​basic​ ​functions​ ​of​ ​the​ ​language,​ ​the​ ​student will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​his/her​ ​command​ ​of​ ​Latin​ ​with composition​ ​using​ ​complex​ ​sentences​ ​and​ ​secondary​ ​tense subjunctives.​ ​Cultural​ ​topics​ ​including​ ​the​ ​legends​ ​of​ ​the founding​ ​of​ ​Rome,​ ​Roman​ ​social​ ​institutions​ ​of​ ​marriage, military​ ​service,​ ​will​ ​provide​ ​a​ ​basis​ ​for​ ​discussion​ ​and comparison​ ​between​ ​ancient​ ​world​ ​and​ ​modern​ ​equivalents.

Special​ ​interest​ ​is​ ​taken​ ​in​ ​Caesar’s​ ​role​ ​as​ ​biased​ ​journalist/ military​ ​historian,​ ​xenophobia,​ ​Cicero’s​ ​rhetorical​ ​stratagems, and​ ​ancient​ ​Greek​ ​love/hate​ ​relationship​ ​with​ ​one​ ​of​ ​their​ ​tyrant leaders​ ​of​ ​the​ ​5​ ​th​ ​century​ ​B.C.​ ​This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​for dual​ ​credit​ ​through​ ​the​ ​University​ ​of​ ​Minnesota’s​ ​College​ ​in​ ​the Schools​ ​Program.

Class:​​ ​Latin​ ​5*​ ​(CIS​ ​Course​ ​at​ ​BCHS​ ​&​ ​BEHS) Course​ ​Number​:​ ​1625A​ ​&​ ​1625B Credit​:​ ​1.0 Grade​ ​Level​:​ ​11-12 Recommended​ ​Prerequisite(s)​:​ ​Latin​ ​4 Weighted​:​ ​Yes

The​ ​fifth​ ​year​ ​student​ ​will​ ​continue​ ​to​ ​develop​ ​his/her proficiency​ ​through​ ​reading,​ ​comprehension​ ​and​ ​interpretation​ ​of original​ ​Latin.​ ​Students​ ​will​ ​read​ ​Vergil’s​ ​A​ ​eneid.​ ​In conjunction​ ​with​ ​refining​ ​his/her​ ​skills​ ​in​ ​the​ ​basic​ ​functions​ ​of the​ ​language,​ ​the​ ​student​ ​will​ ​polish​ ​his/her​ ​command​ ​of​ ​Latin with​ ​composition​ ​in​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​styles,​ ​employing​ ​multiple sentence​ ​structures​ ​and​ ​a​ ​variety​ ​of​ ​grammatical​ ​constructions.​ ​In addition,​ ​the​ ​course​ ​will​ ​include​ ​the​ ​study​ ​of​ ​the​ ​cultural,​ ​social and​ ​political​ ​context​ ​of​ ​the​ ​literature​ ​including,​ ​but​ ​not limited​ ​to,​ ​Roman​ ​religion,​ ​government,​ ​art,​ ​architecture,​ ​military aspects​ ​and​ ​the​ ​role​ ​of​ ​women​ ​in​ ​ancient​ ​society.

This​ ​course​ ​may​ ​be​ ​taken​ ​for​ ​dual​ ​credit​ ​through​ ​the​ ​University of​ ​Minnesota’s​ ​College​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Schools​ ​Program.

81

SIXTEEN​ ​CAREER​ ​CLUSTERS​ ​AND​ ​THEIR​ ​PATHWAYS Agriculture,​ ​Food​ ​and​ ​Natural​ ​Resources ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Agribusiness​ ​Systems Animal​ ​Systems Environmental​ ​Service​ ​Systems Food​ ​Products​ ​and​ ​Processing​ ​Systems Natural​ ​Resources​ ​Systems Plant​ ​Systems Power,​ ​Structural​ ​and​ ​Technical​ ​Systems

Architecture​ ​and​ ​Construction ● ● ●

Construction Design/Pre-Construction Maintenance/Operations

Arts,​ ​Audio/Video​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​Communications ● ● ● ● ● ●

Audio​ ​and​ ​Video​ ​Technology​ ​and​ ​Film Journalism​ ​and​ ​Broadcasting Performing​ ​Arts Printing​ ​Technology Telecommunications Visual​ ​Arts

Business​ ​Management​ ​and​ ​Administration ● ● ● ● ●

Administrative​ ​Support Business​ ​Information​ ​Management General​ ​Management Human​ ​Resources​ ​Management Operations​ ​Management

Education​ ​and​ ​Training ● ● ●

Administration​ ​and​ ​Administration​ ​Support Professional​ ​Support​ ​Services Teaching/Training

Finance ● ● ● ● ●

Accounting Banking​ ​Services Business​ ​Finance Insurance Securities​ ​and​ ​Investments

Government​ ​Public​ ​Administration ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Foreign​ ​Service Governance National​ ​Security Planning Public​ ​Management​ ​and​ ​Administration Regulation Revenue​ ​and​ ​Taxation

Health​ ​Science ● Biotechnology​ ​Research​ ​and​ ​Development ● Diagnostic​ ​Services ● Health​ ​Informatics ● Support​ ​Services ● Therapeutic​ ​Services

Hospitality​ ​and​ ​Tourism ● ● ● ●

Lodging Recreation,​ ​Amusements​ ​and​ ​Attractions Restaurants​ ​and​ ​Food/Beverage​ ​Services Travel​ ​and​ ​Tourism

Human​ ​Services ● ● ● ● ●

Consumer​ ​Services Counseling​ ​and​ ​Mental​ ​Health​ ​Services Early​ ​Childhood​ ​Development​ ​and​ ​Services Family​ ​and​ ​Community​ ​Services Personal​ ​Care​ ​Services

Information​ ​Technology ● ● ● ●

Information​ ​Support​ ​and​ ​Services Network​ ​Systems Programming​ ​and​ ​Software​ ​Development Web​ ​and​ ​Digital​ ​Communications

Law,​ ​Public​ ​Safety,​ ​Corrections​ ​and​ ​Security ● ● ● ● ●

Correction​ ​Services Emergency​ ​and​ ​Fire​ ​Management​ ​Services Law​ ​Enforcement​ ​Services Legal​ ​Services Security​ ​and​ ​Protective​ ​Services

Manufacturing ● ● ● ● ● ●

Health,​ ​Safety​ ​and​ ​Environmental​ ​Assurance Logistics​ ​and​ ​Inventory​ ​Control Maintenance,​ ​Installation​ ​and​ ​Repair Manufacturing​ ​Production​ ​Process​ ​Development Production Quality​ ​Assurance

Marketing ● ● ● ● ●

Marketing​ ​Communications Marketing​ ​Management Marketing​ ​Research Merchandising Professional​ ​Sales

Science,​ ​Technology,​ ​Engineering​ ​and​ ​Mathematics ● ●

Engineering​ ​and​ ​Technology Science​ ​and​ ​Math

Transportation,​ ​Distribution​ ​and​ ​Logistics ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Facility​ ​and​ ​Mobile​ ​Equipment​ ​Maintenance Health,​ ​Safety​ ​and​ ​Environmental​ ​Management Logistics​ ​Planning​ ​and​ ​Management​ ​Services Sales​ ​and​ ​Service Transportation​ ​Operations Transportation​ ​Systems/Infrastructure​ ​Planning, Management,​ ​and​ ​Regulation Warehousing​ ​and​ ​Distribution​ ​Center​ ​Operations

*​​ ​Wisconsin​ ​Department​ ​of​ ​Public​ ​Instruction

82

CAREER​ ​PATHWAYS Good​ ​course​ ​planning​ ​begins​ ​by​ ​having​ ​an​ ​understanding​ ​of​ ​self​ ​and​ ​a​ ​vision​ ​of​ ​career​ ​interests.​ ​Below​ ​is​ ​an​ ​introductory exercise​ ​to​ ​get​ ​you​ ​started​ ​on​ ​your​ ​career​ ​exploration.

Read​ ​each​ ​of​ ​the​ ​following​ ​descriptions​ ​and​ ​select​ ​the​ ​two​ ​that​ ​best​ ​describe​ ​you: R People​ ​who​ ​have​ ​athletic​ ​or​ ​mechanical​ ​ability,​ ​prefer​ ​to​ ​work​ ​with​ ​objects,​ ​machines,​ ​tools,​ ​plants​ ​or​ ​animals, ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​and​ ​like​ ​to​ ​be​ ​outdoors.

IPeople​ ​who​ ​like​ ​to​ ​observe,​ ​learn,​ ​investigate,​ ​analyze,​ ​evaluate,​ ​or​ ​solve​ ​problems.

A

People​ ​who​ ​have​ ​artistic,​ ​innovative,​ ​or​ ​intuitional​ ​abilities​ ​and​ ​like​ ​to​ ​work​ ​in​ ​unstructured​ ​situation​ ​using​ ​their imagination​ ​or​ ​creativity.

S

People​ ​who​ ​like​ ​to​ ​work​ ​with​ ​people​ ​to​ ​inform,​ ​enlighten,​ ​help,​ ​train,​ ​develop,​ ​or​ ​cure​ ​them,​ ​or​ ​are​ ​skilled​ ​with words.

E

People​ ​who​ ​like​ ​to​ ​work​ ​with​ ​people​ ​influencing,​ ​persuading,​ ​performing,​ ​leading,​ ​or​ ​managing​ ​for​ ​organizational goals​ ​and/or​ ​economic​ ​gain.

C

People​ ​who​ ​like​ ​to​ ​work​ ​with​ ​data,​ ​have​ ​clerical​ ​or​ ​numerical​ ​ability,​ ​carrying​ ​things​ ​out​ ​in​ ​detail​ ​or​ ​following through​ ​on​ ​others​ ​instructions.

Now​ ​look​ ​at​ ​the​ ​World-of-Work​ ​Map​ ​and​ ​find​ ​the​ ​letters​ ​you​ ​selected.​ ​These​ ​letters​ ​identify​ ​pathways​ ​which​ ​lead​ ​to​ ​general occupational​ ​areas​ ​(in​ ​the​ ​inner​ ​circle)​ ​for​ ​you​ ​to​ ​further​ ​explore​ ​through​ ​course​ ​selections.

83

84